COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING &
HEALTH SCIENCES
AN COLÁISTE LEIGHIS, ALTRANAIS AGUS
EOLAÍOCHTAÍ SLÁINTE
CALENDAR 2011-12
FÉILIRE 2011-12
The 2011-12 Calendar is valid for that Session. Whilst every effort is made
to ensure the contents of the Calendar are accurate, the Calendar is issued for
the guidance of students and staff only. The Calendar is not an offer to provide
programmes of study nor is it in any way to be construed as imposing any
legal obligation on the University to provide programmes either at all or in part
in respect of any subject. No guarantee is given that programmes, syllabuses,
fees or regulations may not be altered, cancelled or otherwise amended at any
time. The Calendar confers no rights on any student registered for the Session
2011-12.
NUI GALWAY PUBLISHES∗ THE FOLLOWING CALENDARS:
•
General Calendar
COLLEGE CALENDARS
• The College of Arts, Social Sciences, and Celtic Studies
• The College of Business, Public Policy and Law
• The J.E. Cairnes School of Business and Economics
• The School of Law
• The College of Engineering and Informatics
• The College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
• The College of Science
Ollscoil na hÉireann, Gaillimh
(Comhollscoil d’Ollscoil na hÉireann)
Postal Address:
Main Telephone No.:
University Rd., Galway
091 – 524411 (national)
00-353-91-524411 (international)
(Every Extension Number in the University has a Direct Dial
In Number (D.D.I.). Simply prefix the extension number with the digits 49.
e.g. Extension 2311 has a Direct Dial In Number (091) 492311.
Telefax No.:
Internet Address:
091 – 525700 (national)
00 – 353 – 91 – 525700 (international)
http://www.nuigalway.ie/oegaillimh.ie
National University of Ireland, Galway
(Constituent University of the National University of Ireland)
Cover Design by SNAP Printing
Printed for Údarás na hOllscoile
by SNAP Printing
Briarhill Business Park, Ballybrit, Galway.
August 2011
∗
All University Calendars are available online on the NUI Galway website: http://www.nuigalway.ie/
The detail herein is correct at the time of printing. Changes may be approved from time to time and these are
incorporated into the online version of the Calendar which may therefore be treated as the Primary Reference.
2
Contents
INTRODUCTION TO THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES .....5
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES UNDERGRADUATE AND
POSTGRADUATE AWARDS........................................................................................................................7
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES STAFF DIRECTORY...................11
SECTION A
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY.....................................................................35
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PODIATRY ...................................................................................................41
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPEECH AND LANGUAGE THERAPY....................................................46
BACHELOR OF ARTS- SOCIAL CARE(NFQ LEVEL 8 REF WWW.NFQ.IE ) ........................................54
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
DEGREES OF M.B.,B.Ch.,B.A.O....................................................................................................................63
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL SUBJECTS...............................................................................101
B.MED.SC.......................................................................................................................................................101
SCHOOL OF NURSING & MIDWIFERY
BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE (GENERAL) ..................................................................................108
BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE (INTERNATIONAL) ....................................................................111
BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE (PSYCHIATRIC)...........................................................................114
BACHELOR OF MIDWIFERY SCIENCE ...................................................................................................117
SECTION B
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS ...........................................................................................................122
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH......................................................124
MASTERS IN HEALTH SCIENCES (HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH)...............................................126
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS ...........................................................................................................128
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE & POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH SCIENCES
(CLINICAL PRIMARY CARE).....................................................................................................................131
POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE & POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH SCIENCES
(CLINICAL EDUCATION) ...........................................................................................................................133
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (HEALTH INFORMATICS)............................136
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (ENDOVASCULAR SURGERY) ...................138
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SPORTS & EXERCISE PHYSIOTHERAPY.......................................141
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SPORTS & EXERCISE MEDICINE ....................................................143
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (MUSCULOSKELETAL MEDICINE) ...........145
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH SCIENCES (PRIMARY CARE)..........................................147
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA and MASTERS IN SURGERY (MCh).......................................................149
MASTERS IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (HEALTH INFORMATICS) ............................................................151
MASTERS IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (ENDOVASCULAR SURGERY) ....................................................153
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN SPORTS & EXERCISE PHYSIOTHERAPY ...............................................155
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN SPORTS & EXERCISE MEDICINE.............................................................157
MASTERS IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (MUSCULOSKELETAL MEDICINE) ............................................159
MASTERS IN HEALTH SCIENCES (PRIMARY CARE)...........................................................................161
MASTERS IN HEALTH SCIENCES (CLINCAL EDUCATION)...............................................................162
M.Sc. (MEDICAL PHYSICS) ........................................................................................................................164
M.Sc. (REGENERATIVE MEDICINE).........................................................................................................166
M.Sc. (CLINICAL RESEARCH) ...................................................................................................................168
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS ...........................................................................................................171
3
SCHOOL OF NURSING & MIDWIFERY
CERTIFICATE IN NURSING (NURSE/MIDWIFERY PRESCRIBING) ...................................................175
POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN NURSING (SPECIALIST PRACTICE) ........................................177
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (EMERGENCY CARE) .....................................................179
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (ADVANCED PRACTICE) ...............................................182
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (EDUCATION)...................................................................183
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (GERONTOLOGY)............................................................185
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (INTENSIVE CARE) .........................................................187
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (MANAGEMENT OF CHRONIC HEALTH CONDITIONS
.........................................................................................................................................................................190
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (ONCOLOGY)....................................................................195
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PALLIATIVE CARE) .......................................................200
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PERIOPERATIVE) ...........................................................203
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PRACTICE NURSING /COMMUNITY NURSING)......206
HIGHER DIPLOMA IN MIDWIFERY .........................................................................................................212
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (NURSING) ........................................................................................214
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (NURSING/MIDWIFERY EDUCATION) .......................................218
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (ADVANCED PRACTICE NURSING/MIDWIFERY)....................220
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (SPECIALIST NURSING).................................................................222
STAND ALONE MODULES (OCCASIONAL MODULES).......................................................................224
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS ...........................................................................................................227
4
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES
INTRODUCTION TO THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING AND
HEALTH SCIENCES
The College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences welcomes students
whose academic interests include Medicine, Midwifery, General Nursing,
Psychiatric Nursing, Speech and Language Therapy, Podiatry and
Occupational Therapy. We also a have a range of taught and research based
postgraduate masters and diplomas. Our goal is to equip graduates with the
necessary knowledge, skills, and attitudes needed for a lifetime of learning and
commitment to patients and society. We make full use of traditional and
modern educational methods. College members are engaged in innovative
research in many areas, with particular emphasis on cancer, gene and stem cell
therapy, health services research, biomedical engineering science and health
promotion.
Our College is currently expanding the undergraduate medical intake, and
implementing an exciting new curriculum. In 2008 we commenced a 4-year
Honours BSc programme in Podiatry, the only course of its kind in Ireland.
We have developed Regional Academies for Teaching and Research at Sligo,
Letterkenny, Mayo and Ballinasloe. Our Nursing, Speech & Language,
Podiatry and Occupational Therapy courses are accommodated in Áras
Moyola, which was opened in 2006. A new Medical Education Centre also
opened in the hospital campus in 2007. We hope to begin the construction of a
€40 million Human Biology building later this year. A €20 million clinical
and translational research facility at the main hospital campus is planned for
2012. This facility, jointly funded by the University, the Health Research
Board and the Health Services Executive will be located on the main hospital
campus.
The mission of the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences is to
enable ‘Exemplary Learning and Leadership in Healthcare’, our programmes,
students and staff strive to deliver ad realise this mission every day.
The College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences has emerged from the
recent Academic restructuring of the University and capitalizes on existing
close harmony across the healthcare disciplines.
5
It is constituted as follows:
College of Medicine, Nursing
College of Medicine, Nursing
&
&
Health Sciences
Health Sciences
School of
School of
Health Sciences
Health Sciences
School of
School of
Medicine
Medicine
School of
of
School
Nursing &
Midwifery
Midwifery
College Office
(Clinical Sciences Institute, Shantalla Road, Galway)
Professor B.G. Loftus
Professor Laurence Egan
Dr. Adeline Cooney
Dr. Diarmuid O’Donovan
Mr Declan Ashe
Ms. Natalie Walsh
Dr. Ailish Murray
Dean
Vice Dean of Research
Vice Dean of Education and Assessment
Vice Dean of Internationalisation
Director of Strategic Development
College Administrator
College Research Officer
School Offices
School of Health Sciences (Aras Moyola, NUI Galway)
Professor Agnes Shiel
Head of School
Ms Lorraine Kent
School Administrator
School of Medicine (Clinical Sciences, Shantalla Road, Galway)
Professor Fidelma Dunne
Head of School
Mrs Therese Dixon
School Administrator
School of Nursing & Midwifery (Aras Moyola, NUI Galway)
Professor Kathy Murphy
Head of School
Vacant
School Administrator
Full contact information is available by College, School and Discipline on pages 1126
6
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES UNDERGRADUATE
AND POSTGRADUATE AWARDS
Undergraduate Awards
BANK OF IRELAND AWARDS: HONOURS BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE
(GENERAL): BEST RESEARCH PROJECT MARK
Awards are presented to students from the undergraduate programme honours
Bachelor of Nursing Science (General) for the best research project mark. The
awards are sponsored by the Bank of Ireland.
DR. REUBEN BERMAN PRIZES
Medical Informatics and Medical Education award ech year two fourth year
medical students with the Berman Prizes which consists of six weeks clinical
attachments in the Hennepin County Medical Center in Minneapolis,
Minnesota, USA. These awards are based on the results the students achieved
in the subject Medical Informatics and Medical Education that year.
GOLD MEDAL IN GENERAL PRACTICE
A Gold Medal will be awarded annually to the top performing student as
determined by the Extern in General Practice during the penultimate medical
year of the MB Degree Examination.
IRISH ASSOCIATION OF SPEECH AND LANGUAGE THERAPISTS PRIZE
The annual Irish Association of Speech and Language Therapists (IASLT)
Prize is awarded to the fourth year student with the highest mark in Clinical
Education on the Speech and Language Therapy course at NUI Galway.
THE NOLAN MEDAL
(Clinical Ophthalmology)
Ophthalmology, a discipline within the College of Medicine, Nursing and
Health Sciences has awarded for many years the O’Malley Medal for the first
placed student in the Ophthalmology Final Medical Part I Examination. In
view of the outstanding contributions made by Dr. John Nolan, retired
Consultant Ophthalmologist, to the development of Ophthalmology, both
within the College and in the Western Health Board, his colleagues have
agreed to sponsor a further prize for students taking the Ophthalmology
Examination.
The student who obtains first place in the clinical section of the
Ophthalmology Examination at the Summer M.B. Degree Examination will be
awarded the Nolan Medal for Clinical Opthalmology. The first award was
made to graduates of 2003.
7
DOCTORS SAL AND CONOR O’MALLEY MEDAL
(Ophthalmology)
A Gold Medal will be awarded annually to the student who obtains the highest
marks in Ophthalmology at the Summer M.B. Degree Examination.
JAMES P. MURRAY MEMORIAL GOLD MEDAL IN RADIOLOGY
The James P. Murray Memorial Gold Medal is awarded for the best
presentation from registered medical students (undergraduate and
postgraduate) made at the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
Medical Students’ Research Meeting.
SIEMENS AWARD IN RADIOLOGY
The Siemens Award is given to the student who obtains the highest marks in
the Radiology attachment in Final Medical.
Postgraduate Awards
THE AGFA-GEVAERT TRAVELLING SCHOLARSHIP IN RADIOLOGY
This Scholarship has been endowed by Agfa-Gevaert (Ireland) Limited and is
awarded to enable a young Galway, Graduate to pursue a short course of study
or research abroad, as part of his/her post-graduate training in Radiology.
Graduates of National University of Ireland, Galway, up to 10 years after
graduation, are eligible for this award, which will be decided by a University
Committee representative of the Medical, Nursing and Health Sciences
College. In the event of a suitable applicant not being available in any year, the
interest available may be carried over to augment the funds available in the
subsequent year. Further information and details concerning application are
available from the Professor of Radiology, University College Hospital,
Galway. The value of the Scholarship is €1,200.
DR. TONY CARNEY GOLD MEDAL (MSc SPORTS AND EXERCISE MEDICINE)
The Gold Medal is awarded to the student who achieves the best overall result
in the MSc (Sports and Exercise Medicine) Degree Programme.
MARY COSTELLO GOLD MEDAL (MSc SPORTS AND EXERCISE
PHYSIOTHERAPY)
The Gold Medal is awarded to the student who achieves the best overall result
in the MSc (Sports and Exercise Physiotherapy) Degree Programme.
8
THE PROFESSORIAL POSTGRADUATE TRAVEL PRIZE IN OBSTETRICS AND
GYNAECOLOGY SUPPORTED BY ETHICON LIMITED
Ethicon Limited have agreed to award a sum of approximately €777 (£500
sterling) per annum over the next five years to help fund a short course abroad
for a postgraduate trainee in Obstetrics and Gynaecology, to be known as "The
Professorial Postgraduate Travel Prize".
THE DOCTOR JOHN F. KEENAN TRAVELLING SCHOLARSHIP
This Scholarship is endowed by the late John F. Keenan, B.A., M.B., B.Ch.,
B.A.O. (a graduate of the University 1892-1897), who by his Will bequeathed
to the University certain portions of his estate for the promotion of Medical
Research. The original Endowment, as ascertained by the Executors of the
donor on the seventh day of March, 1947, consisted of securities and cash
valued at €7063 (approx.).
The present value of the Scholarship is €12,500. Údarás na hOllscoile, having
accepted the Bequest has founded the above Scholarship, and has adopted the
following rules in regard to it:—
1.
The value of the Scholarship shall be as determined by Údarás na
hOllscoile.
2. The Scholarship is available to a graduate in Medicine and Health
Sciences of the University of either sex of Irish parentage, who has:—
(a) obtained Honours in the M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Examination;
(b) presented for the M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Examination not later than
the month of December in the sixth year of medical study;
(c) been adjudged by the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health
Sciences to have attained an adequate Honours Standard in the
undergraduate course as a whole;
(d) been adjudged by the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health
Sciences to have shown special aptitude for research during the
undergraduate course.
1. Note: For the purpose of (b) above there shall not be counted:
(i)
an extra year spent in taking a Medical B.Sc. Degree;
(ii)
time lost owing to illness properly certified.
2. The Scholarship shall be awarded by Údarás na hOllscoile on the
recommendation of the Academic Council made after consultation with
the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences. The College of
Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences shall, for the purpose, consider
the report of the Professor of Medicine and of the Extern Examiner in
Medicine. Údarás na hOllscoile may withhold the Scholarship if
sufficient merit be not shown.
3. (a) The Scholarship shall be awarded once only in every four years,
shall be awarded in the month of January, and was first awarded in
January, 1951;
9
4.
(b) If the Scholarship be not awarded in the official year of award, it
may be awarded in any one of the three succeeding years of a four-year
period;
5. (c) Should no award be made in a four-year period, more than one
Scholarship may be subsequently offered.
6. Only Graduates in Medicine and Health Sciences of the four years
preceding the first day of January of the year of award, are eligible for
the Scholarship.
7. The Candidate to whom the Scholarship is awarded shall before being
permitted to take up the Scholarship first serve as a House Physician in
a Recognised General Hospital for a period of not less than six months
or more than twelve months, unless he/she has already done so. He/she
shall then pursue a Course of Research in Medicine and Health
Sciences at some centre abroad approved by the Professor of Medicine
in the University.
8. The Scholarship is tenable by the Scholar for a period of two
consecutive years. The said two-year period shall commence from the
day of termination of period of service as House Physician or (in the
case of a candidate who has already served as House Physician) from
the date of award of the Scholarship. The Scholarship shall in the first
instance be awarded for one year only, but may be continued by Údarás
na hOllscoile for a second year on the recommendation of the Academic
Council. Before making such recommendation, the Academic Council
must be satisfied of the progress of the scholar and shall consider the
report of the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences and the
report of the Head of the Research School in which the Scholar is
engaged.
9. Candidates shall lodge their applications for the Scholarship with the
Admissions Office of the University not later than the first day of
December of the year immediately preceding the year of award.
10. The Scholarship will be paid in equal half-yearly instalments. The first
instalment will be paid on receipt of official notification from a
Research Centre abroad to the effect that the Scholar has commenced
work there.
10
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES STAFF DIRECTORY
College of Medicine, Nursing & Health Sciences
(Coláiste Leighis, Altranais agus Eolaíochtaí Sláinte)
Location:Clinical Sciences Institute
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Ashe, Mr. Declan
2117
Director of Strategic Development
declan.ashe@nuigalway.ie
Cooney, Dr Adeline
Egan, Prof Laurence
3580
5335
Vice Dean Education & Assessment
Vice Dean of Research
adeline.cooney@nuigalway.ie
laurence.egan@nuigalway.ie
Loftus, Prof. B.G.
87-4475
Dean
medschool@nuigalway.ie
Murray, Dr Ailish
2796
College Research Officer
ailish.murray@nuigalway.ie
O Donovan, Dr Diarmuid
3923
Vice Dean of Internationalisation
diarmuid.odonovan@nuigalway.ie
Walsh, Ms. Natalie
5960
College Administrator
natalie.walsh@nuigalway.ie
School of Health Sciences(Scoil na nEolaíochtaí Sláinte)
Health Promotion(Cothú Sláinte)
Location:Clinical Sciences Institute
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Bannon, Mr. Patrick
Barry, Prof Margaret
Batt, Dr Vivienne
Burns, Ms. Moira
Callaghan, Mary
Canavan, Reamonn Mr
Clarke, Aleisha Ms
Clarke, Ms. Natasha
Clerkin, Ms. Pauline
Connolly, Dr Claire
Costello, Ms Christina
Doyle, Priscilla
D’Eath, Ms Maureen
Dempsey, Ms. Colette
Fitzgerald, Ms. Amanda
Gavin, Aoife Ms
Glavin, Ms Denise
Forde, Ms Yvonne
Griffin, Dr. Barbara
Hodgins, Dr Margaret
Hogan, Ms Victoria
John Akinola, Yetunde
Kelly, Dr Colette
Mahmood, Samir
Manandhar, Dr. Mary
3874
3348
3108
3874
2979
3956
3642
2858
3874
3828
2722
3490
3956
3642
2858
2858
3092
3874
4038
3349
3465
5149
3186
5040
3092
Social Care Tutor
Established Professor
Admin Assistant (Research)
Social Care Tutor
Researcher
Researcher
Researcher
Researcher
Social Care Tutor
University Teacher
Administrative Assistant 2
Researcher
Researcher (Part-time)
Researcher (Part-time)
Researcher
PhD student
Administrative Assistant 3
Administrative Assistant 2
University Teacher
Lecturer
Lecturer
PhD student
Senior Researcher
Researcher
Adjunct Lecturer
Patrick.bannon@nuigalway.ie
margaret.barry@nuigalway.ie
viv.batt@nuigalway.ie
m.burns@nuigalway.ie
mary.callaghan@nuigalway.ie
Reamonn.canavan@nuigalway.ie
aleisha.clarke@nuigalway.ie
Natasha.clarke@nuigalway.ie
pauline.clerkin@nuigalway.ie
claire.connolly@nuigalway.ie
christina.costello@nuigalway.ie
priscilla.doyle@nuigalway.ie
maureen.death@nuigalway.ie
Colette.dempsey@nuigalway.ie
a.fitzgerald12@nuigalway.ie
a.gavin2nuigalway.ie
denise.glavin@nuigalway.ie
yvonne.forde@nuigalway.ie
Barbara.griffin@nuigalway.ie
margaret.hodgins@nuigalway.ie
victoria.hogan@nuigalway.ie
y.john-akinola1@nuigalway.ie
colette.kelly@nuigalway.ie
samir.mahmood@nuigalway.ie
Mary.manandhar@nuigalway.ie
11
McLaughlin, Mr. Laurence
McKenna, Ms Verna
McMahon, Ms. Margaret
Molcho, Dr Michal
Murphy, Ms. Christina
NicGabhainn, Dr Saoirse
Nolan, Ms Geraldine
O’Donovan, Dr Diarmuid
O’Grady, Ms Anne
O’Higgins, Ms Siobhán
O’Sullivan, Ms. Frankie
Power, Dr. Martin
Pursell, Dr Lisa
Sixsmith, Dr Jane
Sweeney, Ms. Leigh-Ann
Van Lente, Eric
Vaughan, Ms. Deirdre
Walker, Ms. Lorraine
3874
3604
3874
3668
5149
3093
3645
3923
3644
3956
3874
2157
2044
3466
5149
3642
3490
3641
Social Care Tutor
University Teacher
Social Care Tutor
Lecturer
PhD student
Senior Lecturer
Lecturer (Part-time)
Senior Lecturer
Administrative Assistant 2
PhD student
Social Care Tutor
University Fellow
Senior Researcher
Lecturer
PhD student
Researcher
Research Nurse
Research Assistant
laurence.mclaughlin@nuigalway.ie
verna.mckenna@nuigalway.ie
margaret.mcmahon@nuigalway.ie
michal.molcho@nuigalway.ie
c.murphy1@nuigalway.ie
saoirse.nicgabhainn@nuigalway.ie
geraldine.nolan@nuigalway.ie
diarmuid.odonovan@nuigalway.e
anne.ogrady@nuigalway.ie
siobhan.ohiggins@nuigalway.ie
frankie.o’sullivan@nuigalway.ie
martin.power@nuigalway.ie
lisa.pursell@nuigalway.ie
jane.sixsmith@nuigalway.ie
l.sweeney1@nuigalway.ie
eric.vanlente@nuigalway.ie
deirdre.vaughan@nuigalway.ie
lorraine.walker@nuigalway.ie
Occupational Therapy(Teiripe Shaothair)
Location: Áras Moyola
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Armstrong, Ms Dorothy
Chockalingam, Mr M.
5023
5313
Lecturer
Lecturer
dorothy.armstrong@nuigalway.ie
manigandan.chockalingam@nuigalway.ie
Fox, Ms Jackie
5313
Practice Education Coordinator jackie.fox@nuigalway.ie
Gallagher, Ms Aideen
5021
Lecturer
aideen.gallagher@nuigalway.ie
Gordon, Ms Celine
5470
Administrative Assistant 3
celine.gordon@nuigalway.ie
Kent, Ms Lorraine
2957
School Administrator
lorraine.kent@nuigalway.ie
Killeen, Ms Hazel
5767
Lecturer
hazel.killeen@nuigalway.ie
McGrath, Ms Margaret
5624
Lecturer
margaret.mcgrath@nuigalway.ie
Shiel, Prof. Agnes
2941
Established Professor
agnes.shiel@nuigalway.ie
Podiatry(Cosliacht)
Location: Áras Moyola
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Hyslop, Ms Elaine
5870
Lecturer
elaine.hyslop@nuigalway.ie
Lowry, Ms Fiona
5814
Administrative Assistant 2
fiona.lowry@nuigalway.ie
McIntosh, Dr Caroline
5869
Senior Lecturer
caroline.mcintosh@nuigalway.ie
Roberts, Mr Nigel
4091
Practice-Education Coordinator nigel.roberts@nuigalway.ie
Walsh, Ms Amanda
4183
Lecturer
amanda.walsh@nuigalway.ie
12
Speech & Language Therapy(Léachtóireacht dTeiripe Urlabhra agus Teanga
Location: Áras Moyola
Name
Phone
Title
E-Mail Address
(Ainm)
(Fón)
(Teideal)
(Ríomh Phost)
Lyons, Ms Rena
5918
Course Director
rena.lyons@nuigalway.ie
Antonijevic-Elliott, Dr S.
5623
Lecturer
stanislava.antonijevic@nuigalway.ie
Caroll, Ms Clare
5384
Lecturer
c.carroll@nuigalway.ie
Gordon, Ms Celine
5470
Administrative Assistant 2
celine.gordon@nuigalway.ie
Kent, Ms Lorraine
2957
Administrative Assistant 3
lorraine.kent@nuigalway.ie
Loftus, Ms Laura
5293
Practice-Education Coordinator laura.loftus@nuigalway.ie
Logue-Kennedy, Ms Maria
5023
Lecturer
maria.loguekennedy@nuigalway.ie
McMenamin, Ms Ruth
5204
Lecturer
ruth.mcmenamin@nuigalway.ie
O’Malley, Ms Mary-Pat
5018
Lecturer
marypat.omalley@nuigalway.ie
Yanushevskaya, Dr Irena
5023
Lecturer
irena.yanushevskaya@nuigalway.ie
Location: Clinical Sciences Institute
Name
Phone
(Ainm)
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Dixon, Mrs Thérèse
Dunne, Prof. Fidelma
Joyce, Ms Máire
Mahon, Ms Pauline
School Administrator
Head of School
Administrative Assistant 2
Administrative Assistant 1
therese.dixon@nuigalway.ie
fidelma.dunne@nuigalway.ie
maire.joyce@nuigalway.ie
pauline.mahon@nuigalway.ie
Location: Clinical Science Institute
Name
Phone
(Ainm)
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Alexiev, Dr Vladimir
5662
Unndergraduate Tutor
vladimiralexiev@yahoo.com
Ansari, Dr Bilal
5662
Researcher
bilalansari77@yahoo.co.uk
Clarkson, Dr Kevin
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
Coughlan, Dr Michael G.
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
kevin.clarkson@hse.ie
gerry.coughlan@hse.ie
Curley, Dr Gerard
5662
Researcher , MMI Fellow
curleygerard@gmail.com
Devaney, Dr James
5662
Postdoctoral Fellow
jamesdevaney@gmail.com
Flynn, Dr Noel
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
drnflynn@eircom.net
Grady, Dr Deirdre
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
deirdre.grady@hse.ie
Fannon, Ms Marian
3555
Administrative Assistant 3
marian.fannon@nuigalway.ie
Kevin, Dr Leo
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
leo.kevin@nuigalway.ie
Kinirons, Dr Brian
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
brian.kinirons@hse.ie
Laffey, Prof. John
87-4608
Established Professor
john.laffey@nuigalway.ie
School of Medicine (Scoil an Leighis)
87-4475
5074
5941
87-4475
Anaesthesia (Anaestéise)
13
McElwain, Dr Jennifer
5662
Undergraduate Tutor
jenmcelwain@gmail.com
Neligan, Dr Patrick
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
patrick.neligan@hse.ie
O’Toole, Dr Daniel
5662
Postdoctoral Fellow
daniel.otoole@nuigalway.ie
O’Toole, Dr David
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
david.otoole@hse.ie
Sharkey, Dr Aidan
87-4074
Clinical Lecturer
Walshe, Dr Criona
5662
Undergraduate Tutor
aidan.sharkey@hse.ie
crionawalshe@gmail.com
Anatomy (Anatamaíocht)
Location: Block B
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Administrative Office
2180
Administrative Assistant 2
anatomy@nuigalway.ie
Black, Mr Alexander
2234
Lecturer
alexander.black@nuigalway.ie
Canney, Mr Mark
3520
Chief Experimental Officer
mark.canney@nuigalway.ie
Dockery, Prof. Peter
2784
Established Professor
peter.dockery@nuigalway.ie
Furey, Mr John
2841
Senior Experimental officer
john.furey@nuigalway.ie
Garcia, Dr Yolanda
2837
Lecturer
yolanda.garcia@nuigalway.ie
Lalor, Mr Pierce
2273
Senior Experimental Officer
pierce.lalor@nuigalway.ie
McMahon, Dr Siobhan
2838
Lecturer
siobhan.mcmahon@nuigalway.ie
O’Loughlin, Mr Thomas
2255
Departmental Attendant
Owens, Mr Peter
4036
Education & Coordinator
peter.owens@nuigalway.ie
Quondamatteo, Dr Fabio
2161
Senior Lecturer
fabio.quondamatteo@nuigalway.ie
Stanley, Alanna
2712
Demonstrator
alanna.c.stanley@gmail.com
Wilkins, Dr Brendan
2287
Lecturer
brendan.wilkins@nuigalway.ie
Bacteriology (Baictéareolaíocht)
Location: Clinical Science Institute/University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Boo, Dr Teck Wee
87-3783
Senior Lecturer
teckwee.boo@nuigalway.ie
Buckley, Mrs, Victoria
87-4572
Senior Technician
victoria.buckley@nuigalway.ie
Cormican, Prof. Martin
87-4146
Established Professor
martin.cormican@hse.ie
Morris, Dr Dearbhaile
87-4652
Lecturer
dearbhaile.morris@nuigalway.ie
Monroe, Ms Deborah
87-2686
Administrative Assistant 2
debbie.monroe@nuigalway.ie
Keady, Dr Deirbhile
87-2013
Clinical Lecturer
deirbhile.keady@hse.ie
Ní Riain, Dr Una
87-4410
Clinical Lecturer
una.niriain@hse.ie
General Practice (Doctúireacht Teaghlaigh)
Location: Clinical Science Institute/1 Distillery Road
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Buckley, Mr Brian
5257
Honorary Clinical Fellow
brian.buckley@nuigalway.ie
14
Byrne, Dr Mary
5205
Lecturer
mary.byrne@nuigalway.ie
Cantillon, Prof. Peter
2262
Professor of Primary Care
peter.cantillon@nuigalway.ie
De Brún, Dr Thomas
5306
Researcher
thomas.debrun@nuigalway.ie
Gallagher, Dr Niamh
3524
Honorary Clinical Fellow
general.practice@nuigalway.ie
Glynn, Dr Liam
5193
Lecturer
liam.glynn@nuigalway.ie
Hyes, Dr Peter
5269
Lecturer
peter.hayes@nuigalway.ie
Kavanagh, Dr Kim
5257
Senior Registrar
kim.kavanagh@nuigalway.ie
Kelleher, Ms Breda
5306
Administrative Assistant 2
breda.kelleher@nuigalway.ie
Kelly, Dr Maureen
4107
Lecturer
maureen.kelly@nuigalway.ie
MacFarlane, Dr Anne
5194
Lecturer
anne.macfarlane@nuigalway.ie
Mulqueen, Dr Joan
5193
Clinical Researcher
joan.mulqueen@nuigalway.ie
Murphy, Prof. Andrew
3525
Established Professor
andrew.murphy@nuigalway.ie
O’Donovan, Dr Barry
5269*
Lecturer
barry.odonovan@nuigalway.ie
O’Reilly-de Brún, Ms Mary 5306
Researcher
mary.oreillydebrun@nuigalway.ie
Tierney, Ms Edel
5306
Researcher
edel.tieryney@nuigalway.ie
Vellinga, Ms Akke
5192
Researcher
akke.vellinga@nuigalway.ie
Medical Informatics & Medical Education (Faisnéisíocht Leighis agus Oideachas Leighis)
Location: Clinical Science Institute
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Avalos, Ms Gloria
2160
Lecturer
gloria.avalos@nuigalway.ie
Kropmans, Dr Thomas
5478
Senior Lecturer
thomas.kropmans@nuigalway.ie
Newell, Mr Micheál
5940
Lecturer
micheal.newell@nuigalway.ie
Medicine (Leigheas)
Remedi(Institiúid um Leigheas Athginiúnach)
Location: Clinical Science Institute/NCBES/UCH/Merlin Park
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Barry, Prof. Frank
5108
Scientific Director (REMEDI)
frank.barry@nuigalway.ie
Carey, Dr John
87-5511
Clinical Lecturer
john.carey@hse.ie
Ceredig, Prof. Rod
5916
Coughlan, Dr Robert J.
87-5577
Stokes Prof. of Immunologyrod.ceredig@nuigalway.ie
(REMEDI)
Clinical Lecturer
bobbycoughlan@yahoo.ie
Counihan, Dr Timothy
87-4251
Clinical Lecturer
timothy.counihan@hse.ie
Crowley, Dr Jim
87-2188
Clinical Lecturer
jim.crowley@hse.ie
Daly, Prof. Kieran
87-2187
Dinneen, Dr Seán
5290
Personal Professor & Seniorkieran.daly@hse.ie
Lecturer
Senior Lecturer
sean.dinneen@nuigalway.ie
Donnellan, Dr Paul
87-2521
Clinical Lecturer
paul.donnellan@hse.ie
15
Dunne, Prof. Fidelma
5074
Personal Professor
Finn, Dr Yvonne
5485
Finucane, Dr Francis
87-2108
Lecturer (Clinical Methods andyvonne.finn@nuigalway.ie
Practice)
Clinical Lecturer
Francis.finucane@hse.ie
Fitzgerald, Dr Una
5045
Lecturer (NCBES)
Flaherty, Dr Gerard
5469
Fleming, Dr Catherine
87-2294
Senior Lecturer in Clinicalgerard.flaherty@nuigalway.ie
Medicine & Medical Education
Clinical Lecturer
catherine.fleming@hse.ie
Gilmartin, Prof. J.J.
87-5225
Godwin, Ms Sinead
87-2187
Personal Professor & Clinicaljj.gilmartin@hse.ie
Lecturer
Administrative Assistant 2
sinead.godwin@hse.ie
Griffin, Prof. Matthew
5436
Prof. of Transplant Biology
matthew.griffin@nuigalway.ie
Hennessy, Dr Michael
87-2167
Clinical Lecturer
michael.hennessy@hse.ie
Howard, Dr Linda
5268
Lecturer
linda.howard@nuigalway.ie
Hynes, Dr Seán
2963
Researcher (REMEDI)
sean.hynes@nuigalway.ie
Joshi, Prof. Lokesh
5768
Associate Professor (NCBES)
lokesh.joshi@nuigalway.ie
Keane, Dr Maccon
87-4805
Clinical Lecturer
maccon.keane@hse.ie
Kearns, Ms Miriam
87-4291
Senior Technician
miriam.kearns@nuigalway.ie
Kennedy, Dr Kieran
5485
fidelma.dunne@nuigalway.ie
una.fitzgerald@nuigalway.ie
Lappin, Dr David
Lecturer in Clinical Methods &Kieran.m.kennedy@nuigalway.ie
Medical Education
87-5510 Clinical Lecturer
david.lappin@hse.ie
Lee, Dr John
87-4967
Clinical Lecturer
johnm.lee@nuigalway.ie
Lynch, Dr John
87-4251
Clinical Lecturer
John.lynch@hse.ie
Markham, Dr Trevor
87-4627
Clinical Lecturer
trevor.markham@hse.ie
Marren, Dr Pauline
87-4913
Clinical Lecturer
pauline.marren@hse.ie
Martin, Dr Joseph
87-2569
Clinical Lecturer
joseph.martin@hse.ie
Moloney, Ms Geraldine
2922
Monroe, Ms Deborah
Administrative
Assistant
(NCBES)
87-4275 Administrative Assistant 2
Mulkerrin, Prof. Eamon
87-4680
Murphy, Dr Lesley-Ann
87-4627
Personal Professor & Clinicaleamon.mulkerrin@hse.ie
Lecturer
Clinical Lecturer
lesleya.murphy@.hse.ie
Murphy, Dr Mary
5206
Toxicology Manger (REMEDI)
mary.murphy@nuigalway.ie
Murray, Dr Margaret
87-4281
Clinical Lecturer
margaret.murray@hse.ie
Nash, Dr Patrick
87-2187
Clinical Lecturer
patrick.nash@.hse.ie
O’Brien, Timothy
87-4267
Established Professor
timothy.obrien@nuigalway.ie
O’Brien, Timothy
5107
Director of REMEDI
timothy.obrien@nuigalway.ie
O’Connor, Ms Una
87-4206
Administrative Assistant 3
una.oconnor@nuigalway.ie
O’Donnell, Prof. Martin
4098
O’Dwyer, Prof. Michael
4geraldine.moloney@nuigalway.ie
debbie.monroe@nuigalway.ie
Professor
of
Translationalmartin.odonnell@nuigalway.ie
Medicine
87-2349 Professor of Haematology
michael.odwyer@hse.ie
16
O’Keeffe, Dr Shaun
757631
Clinical Lecturer
s.okeeffe@hse.ie
O’Regan, Dr Anthony
87-4568
Clinical Lecturer
anthony.oregan@hse.ie
Quinn, Ms Triona
5165
Reddan, Dr Donal
87-5510
Administrative
(REMEDI)
Clinical Lecturer
Ritter, Dr Thomas
5329
Senior Lecturer (Gene Therapy)
thomas.ritter@nuigalway.ie
Rochev, Dr Yury
2806
Lecturer
yury.rochev@nuigalway.ie
Rutherford, Dr Robert
87-5225
Clinical Lecturer
robert.rutherford@hse.ie
Ryan, Ms Noreen
5166
Sullivan, Prof. Frank
87-2616
Administrative
Assistant
(2)noreen.ryan@nuigalway.ie
REMEDI
Professor of Radiation Oncology frank.sullivan@hse.ie
Assistant
2triona.quinn@nuigalway.ie
donal.reddan@hse.ie
Santocanale, Prof. Corrado 5714
Professor (NCBES)
corrado.santocanale@nuigalway.ie
Waldron, Dr Dympna
87-4990
Clinical Lecturer
dympna.waldron@hse.ie
Zwacka, Dr Ralf
5323
Lecturer (Gene Therapy)
ralf.zwacka@nuigalway.ie
Obstetrics & Gynecology (Cnáimhseachas agus Liacht Bhan)
Location: Clinical Science Institute
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Conway, Dr Una
87-4717
Clinical Lecturer
obs.gynae@hse.ie
Egan, Dr Declan
87-4548
Clinical Lecturer
declan.egan@hse.ie
Gaffney, Dr Geraldine
87-4218
Senior Lecturer
geraldine.gaffney@hse.ie
Kelleher, Ms Breda
3537
Administrative Assistant 2
breda.kelleher@nuigalway.ie
Morrison, Prof. John
3537
Established Professor
john.morrison@nuigalway.ie
O’Leary, Dr Michael
87-4717
Clinical Lecturer
michaelj.oleary@hse.ie
Ophthalmology (Oftailmeolaíocht)
Location: University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Fahy, Mr Gerard
87-4269
Clinical Lecturer
gerry.fahy@hse.ie
Harney, Dr Fiona
87-2710
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
alison.joyce@hse.ie
Kinsella, Mr Frank
O’Donoghue, Mr Eamonn
87-4269
87-4269
Clinical Lecturer
Clinical Lecturer
afrank.kinsella@hse.ie
eamonn.odonoghue@hse.ie
Orthopaedic Surgery (Máinliacht Orthaipéideach)
Location: Merlin Park Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Curtin, Mr William
757631
Clinical Lecturer
wcurtin@iol.ie
Devitt, Mr Aiden
87-4203
Clinical Lecturer
aident.devitt@hse.ie
Kaar, Mr Kenneth
757631
Clinical Lecturer
kenneth.kaar@hse.ie
17
Kearns, Mr Stephen
87-5735
Clinical Lecturer
stephen.kearns@hse.ie
McCabe, Mr John
757631
Clinical Lecturer
john.mccabe@hse.ie
O’Sullivan, Mr Michael
757631
Clinical Lecturer
meos@eircom.net
Shannon, Mr Fintan
87-5735
Clinical Lecturer
fintan.shannon@hse.ie
Oto-Laryngology (Ota-laraingeolaíochta)
Location: University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Gormley, Mr P.K.
87-4347
Clinical Lecturer
peter.gormley@hse.ie
Keogh, Prof. Ivan
87-2015
Personal Professor/Consultant
ivanj.keogh@hse.ie
Lang, Mr John
87-4552
Clinical Lecturer/Consultant
john.lang@hse.ie
Clinical Lecturer/Tutor
adil.sharafa@nuigalway.ie
Clinical Lecturer/Consultant
orla.young@hse.ie
Sharafa, Mr Adil
Young, Ms Orla
87-3735
Paediatrics (Péidiatraic)
Location: Clinical Science Institute/University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Dunne, Dr Kevin
87-4462
Hon. Senior Clinical Lecturer
kevin.dunne@hse.ie
Flanagan, Dr Orla
87-4082
Hon. Senior Clinical Lecturer
osflanagan@eircom.net
Geoghegan, Dr Rosemary
5220
Lecturer
rosemary.geoghegan@nuigalway.ie
Herzig, Dr Mary
87-3733
Hon. Senior Clinical Lecturer
maryherzig@hotmail.com
Loftus, Prof. B.G.
87-4654
Established Professor
gerard.loftus@nuigalway.ie
Monroe, Ms Debbie
87-4275
Administrative Assistant 2
debbie.monroe@nuigalway.ie
Moylett, Dr Edina
5221
Senior Lecturer
edina.moylett@nuigalway.ie
O’Donovan, Dr Donough
87-4533
Hon. Senior Clinical Lecturer
donough.odonovan@hse.ie
Pathology (Paiteilaíocht)
Location: Clinical Science Institute/University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Bennani, Dr Fadel
Bourke, Dr Emer
87-4420
87-4373
Clinical Lecturer
Lecturer
fadel.bennani@nuigalway.ie
emer.bourke@nuigalway.ie
Brodie, Dr Caroline
87-2017
Clinical Lecturer
caroline.brodie@hse.ie
Caffrey, Dr Emer
87-4373
Lecturer
emer.caffrey@nuigalway.ie
Casey, Dr Mary
87-4928
Clinical Lecturer
maryb.casey@hse.ie
Callagy, Prof. Grace
87-4488
Established Professor
grace.callagy@nuigalway.ie
Colesky, Dr Frans
87-4415
Clinical Lecturer
frans.colesky@hse.ie
Flavin, Dr Richard
87-2796
Consultant Histopathologist
richard.flavin@hse.ie
Griffin, Dr Damian
87-4825
Clinical Lecturer
damian.griffin@hse.ie
18
Gupta, Dr Sanjeev
87-4488
Lecturer
sanjeev.gupta@nuigalway.ie
Hayat, Dr Amjad
87-2625
Clinical Lecturer
amjad.hayat@hse.ie
Moran, Mrs Laura
87-4574
Senior Technician
laura.moran@nuigalway.ie
Murphy, Mrs Lorraine
87-4488
Administrative Assistant 2
lorraine.lavellemurphy@nuigalway.ie
Murray, Dr Margaret
87-4281
Clinical Lecturer
margaret.murray@hse.ie
O’Dwyer, Prof. Michael
87-2349
Clinical Lecturer
michael.odwyer@hse.ie
Clinical Lecturer
sine.phelan@hse.ie
Phelan, Dr Síne
Sheehan, Dr Margaret
87-2894
Consultant Histopathologist
margaret.sheehan@hse.ie
Tormey, Dr Vincent J
87-4498
Clinical Lecturer
vincent.tormey@hse.ie
Webber, Mr Mark
87-4373
Senior Technician
mark.webber@nuigalway.ie
Pharmacology & Therapeutics (Cógaseolaíocht agus Teiripe)
Location: Exp.Med. & CNS Buildings/Clinical Science Institute
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Beatty, Mr Brendan
Dowd, Dr Eilís
2233
2776
Senior Technician
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
brendan.beatty@nuigalway.ie
eilis.dowd@nuigalway.ie
Egan, Prof. Laurence J
5355
Personal Professor
laurence.egan@nuigalway.ie
Fearnhead, Dr Howard
5115
Lecturer
howard.fearnhead@nuigalway.ie
Finn, Dr David
5280
Lecturer
david.finn@nuigalway.ie
Grealy, Dr Maura
3012
Lecturer
maura.grealy@nuigalway.ie
Kelly, Dr John
3268
Senior Lecturer
john.kelly@nuigalway.ie
Kerr, Mr Danny
3272
Senior Technician
danny.kerr@nuigalway.ie
McAlinden, Ms Susan
McKernan, Dr Declan
5370
3826
Administrative Assistant 2
Lecturer
susan.mcalinden@nuigalway.ie
declan.mckernan@hse.ie
Mureau, Ms Coralie
5369
Technician
coralie.mureau@nuigalway.ie
O’Halloran, Mr Ambrose
2778
Senior Lecturer
ambrose.ohalloran@nuigalway.ie
Ryan, Ms Una
2246
Administrative Assistant 2
una.ryan@nuigalway.ie
Physiology (Fiseolaíocht)
Location: Quadrangle Building
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Ceredig, Prof. Rod
5916
Professor of Immunology
rod.ceredig@nuigalway.ie
Coen, Ms Barbara
Doherty, Ms Claudia
2189
2761
Senior Technician
Administrative Assistant 2
barbara.coen@nuigalway.ie
claudia.doherty@nuigalway.ie
Doyle, Dr Karen
3665
Lecturer
karen.doyle@nuigalway.ie
Horrigan, Dr Louise
5427
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
louise.horrigan@nuigalway.ie
Hynes, Dr Ailish
3573
Lecturer
ailish.hynes@nuigalway.ie
19
Kerrigan, Ms Liz
5937
Senior Technician
elizabeth.kerrigan@nuigalway.ie
McCullagh, Mr Karl
4220
Lecturer
karl.mccullagh@nuigalway.ie
Molloy, Ms Mairéad
5909
Administrative Assistant(Medical)
mairead.molloy@nuigalway.ie
Quinlan, Dr Leo
3710
Lecturer
leo.quinlan@nuigalway.ie
Roche, Dr Michelle
5427
Lecturer
michelle.roche@nuigalway.ie
Shafat, Mr Amir
4218
Senior Lecturer
amir.shafat@nuigalway.ie
Webster, Dr Christina
Wheatley, Prof. Tony
2761 *
Teaching Assistant (part-time)
2361*
Head of Discipline
christina.webster@nuigalway.ie
anthony.wheatley@nuigalway.ie
Psychiatry (Síciatracht)
Location: Clinical Sciences Institute/ University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Ahmed, Dr Mohammed
5771
Honorary Research Fellow
ahmed.mohammed@nuigalway.ie
Bainbridge, Dr Emma
5771
Research Registrar
emma.bainbridge@nuigalway.ie
Burke, Dr Amanda
548922
Clinical Lecturer
amanda.burke@hse.ie
Cannon, Dr Dara
5692
Co Direct of Clinical Neuro Imaging
dara.cannon@nuigalway.ie
Carney, Dr Philip A.
3555
Dean Emeritus
pa.carney@nuigalway.ie
Conlon, Louise
3555
Lecturer in Communication Skills
louise.conlon@nuigalway.ie
Fannon, Mrs Marian
3555
Administrative Assistant 3
marian.fannon@nuigalway.ie
Hallahan, Brian
3555
Honorary Research Fellow
brian.hallahan@nuigalway.ie
Lally, Dr John
5771
Lecturer
John.lally@nuigalway.ie
Langan, Camilla
3555
Honorary Research Fellow
camilla.langan@nuigalway.ie
McDonald, Prof. Colm
3556
Established Professor
colm.mcdonald@nuigalway.ie
MacFarlane, Dr John
3555
Honorary Clinical Fellow
john..macfarland@nuigalway.ie
McInerney, Dr Shane
5771
Honorary Clinical Fellow
shane.mcinerney@nuigalway.ie
Mannion, Dr Laura
87-4072
Clinical Lecturer
laura.mannion@hse.ie
Meehan, Dr Karena
87-2978
Clinical Lecturer
karena.meehan@hse.ie
O’Sullivan, Sheila
87-4452
Clinical Lecturer
sheila.osullivan@hse.ie
Scanlon, Dr Cathy
5465
Lecturer in Neuro Imaging
cathy.scanlon@nuigalway.ie
Walsh, Dr Elizabeth
87-2400
Clinical Lecturer
elizabeth.walsh@nuigalway.ie
Radiology (Raideolaíocht)
Location: Clinical Sciences Institute/ University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Bergin, Dr Diane
87-2626
Clinical Lecturer
diane.bergin@hse.ie
Bruzzi, Dr John
87-4285
Clinical Lecturer
john.bruzzi@hse.ie
Davidson, Dr Ian Robert
87-4340
Clinical Lecturer
ian.davidson@hse.ie
20
Drury, Ms Mary
87-4653
Administrative Assistant 1
mary.drury@nuigalway.ie
Ennis, Dr Rachel
87-4491
Clinical Lecturer
rachel.ennis@nuigalway.ie
Lohan, Dr Derek
87-4491
Clinical Lecturer
derek.lohan@nuigalway.ie
McCarthy, Prof. Peter
87-4653
Established Professor
peter.mccarthy@nuigalway.ie
McLoughlin, Dr Ray
87-4313
Clinical Lecturer
raymond.mcloughlin@hse.ie
Murphy, Dr Joseph
87-2193
Clinical Lecturer
joseph.murphy@hse.ie
O’Connell, Dr Anna
87-4491
Clinical Lecturer
annamarie.oconnell@hse.ie
O’Keeffe, Dr David
87-4341
Clinical Lecturer
david.okeeffe@hse.ie
O’Sullivan, Dr Gerard
87-2356
Clinical Lecturer
gerard.osullivan@hse.ie
Roche, Dr Clare
87-4491
Clinical Lecturer
clare.roche@hse.ie
Walsh, Dr Sinead
87-4491
Clinical Lecturer
sineadmary.walsh@hse.ie
Surgery (Máinliacht)
Location: Clinical Sciences Institute/ University College Hospital
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Binchy, Mr James
Clarke, Ms Grace
87-2766
87-4203
Clinical Lecturer
Administrative Assistant 3
james.binchy@hse.ie
grace.clarke@nuigalway.ie
Corcoran, Mr Michael
87-4297
Senior Lecturer
michael.corcoran@hse.ie
Courtney, Mr Donal F.
87-4300
Senior Lecturer
dfcourtney@eircom.net
Curran, Ms Catherine
87-4202
Senior Technician
catherine.curran@nuigalway.ie
DaCosta, Mr Mark
87-2896
Clinical Lecturer
mark.dacosta@hse.ie
Devitt, Dr Dara
87-4203
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
dara.devitt@hse.ie
Dwyer, Dr Roisin
87-4637
Senior Research Fellow
roisin.dwyer@nuigalway.ie
Healy, Dr Nuala
5635
Clinical Tutor
nuala.healy@nuigalway.ie
Hennessy, Ms Emer
87-4202
Senior Technical Officer
emer.hennessy@nuigalway.ie
Hussey, Mr Alan
Clinical Lecturer
alan.hussey@hse.ie
Joyce, Dr Myles
87-2377
87-4203
Consultant Surgeon
myles.joyce@hse.ie
Kearney, Mr David
5635
Clinical Tutor
Kelly, Mr Jack
87-2377
Kennedy, Mr Kieran
5635
Honorary Senior Lecturer
Lecturer in Clinical Methods and
Medical Education
kieran.m.kennedy@gmail.com
Kerin, Prof. Michael
87-4203
Established Professor
michael.kerin@nuigalway.ie
Malone, Ms Carmel
87-5634
Senior Lecturer
carmel.malone@nuigalway.ie
Martin, Mr Anthony
87-4556
Clinical Lecturer
aj.martin@hse.ie
McAnena, Prof Oliver J.
McLaughlin, Mr Ray
87-4300
Clinical Lecturer
Clinical Lecturer
oliver.mcanena@hse.ie
raymond.mclaughlin@hse.ie
Miller, Dr Nicola
87-5637
Senior Research Fellow
nicola.miller@nuigalway.ie
jack.kelly@hse.ie
21
Nugent, Dr Mary
5635
Lecturer in Clinical Methods
nugentmary@gmail.com
O’Donnell, Mr John
87-4556
Clinical Lecturer
johnj.odonnell@hse.ie
Quill, Mr Denis
87-4207
Senior Lecturer
denis.quill@hse.ie
Regan, Mr Mark
87-2406
Clinical Lecturer
mark.regan@hse.ie
Regan, Mr Padraic
87-4714
Clinical Lecturer
paraic.regan@hse.ie
Sultan, Mr Sherif
87-2376
Clinical Lecturer
sherif.sultan@hse.ie
Sweeney, Mr Karl
Tawfick, Mr Wael
580600
87-4203
Clinical Lecturer
Clinical Lecturer
karl.sweeney@hse.ie
Tubassam, Dr Muhammad 87-2535
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
msatubassam68@hotmail.com
Walsh, Mr Killian
Clinical Lecturer
killian.walsh@hse.ie
87-4861
wael.tawfick@hse.ie
National Centre for Biomedical Engineering Science (An tIonad Náisiúnta um Eolaíocht
Innealtóireachta Bithleighis
Location: Orbsen Building
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Barry, Prof. Frank
5108
Director
frank.barry@nuigalway.ie
Brennan, Mr William
3808
Senior Technical Officer
william.brennan@nuigalway.ie
Connolly, Mr David
5208
Senior Technical Officer
david.connolly@nuigalway.ie
Fitzgerald, Dr Una
5045
Lecturer
una.fitzgerald@nuigalway.ie
Giblin, Mr Robert
5303
Logistics Manager
robert.giblin@nuigalway.ie
Harhen, Mr Brendan
2479
Senior Technical Officer
brendan.harhen@nuigalway.ie
Joshi, Prof. Lokesh
5768
Associate Professor
lokesh.joshi@nuigalway.ie
Moloney, Ms Gerardine
2922
Administrative Assistant 4
gerardine.moloney@nuigalway.ie
O’Connell, Mr Enda
5073
Senior Technical Officer
enda.oconnell@nuigalway.ie
O’Doherty, Aideen
3918
MMI Project Manager
aideen.odoherty@nuigalway.ie
Rochev, Dr Yury
2806
Lecturer
yury.rochev@nuigalway.ie
Santocanale, Prof. C.
5174
Professor
corrado.santocanale@nuigalway.ie
Timmins, Dr Éadaoin
3918
Senior Technical Officer
eadaoin.timmins@nuigalway.ie
Zwacka, Dr Ralf
5323
Lecturer
ralf.zwacka@nuigalway.ie
School of Nursing & Midwifery Studies(An Scoil Altranais agus Chnáimhseachais)
Location: Áras Moyola
Name
Phone
Title
E-Mail Address
(Ainm)
(Fón)
(Teideal)
(Ríomh Phost)
Bradley, Dr. Stephen
3818
Fixed Term Lecturer
Stephen.bradley@nuigalway.ie
Brennan, Ms Miriam
3651
Lecturer
brennanm@nuigalway.ie
Burke, Ms Eimear
5352
Applied Teacher
e.burke@nuigalway.ie
Byrne, Ms Evelyn
3686
University Teacher
evelyn.byrne@nuigalway.ie
Casey, Dr Dympna
3652
Senior Lecturer
dympna.casey@nuigalway.ie
22
Connolly, Ms Sheena
2507
Administrative Assistant 2
shena.connolly@nuigalway.ie
Condon, Ms Helena
3432
Administrative Assistant 2
helena.condon@nuigalway.ie
Conway, Ms Yvonne
2926
Lecturer
yvonne.conway@nuigalway.ie
Cooney, Dr Adeline
3580
Senior Lecturer
adeline.cooney@nuigalway.ie
Burke, Ms Carol
3741
Administrative Assistant 3
carol.burke@nuigalway.ie
Dempsey, Ms Laura
5353
Lecturer
laura.dempsey@nuigalway.ie
Devane, Dr Declan
5828
Senior Lecturer
declan.devane@nuigalway.ie
Dowling, Dr Maura
Fabby, Carole
3833
Lecturer
maura.dowling@nuigalway.ie
Fixed Term Lecturer
Farrelly, Ms Frances
Folan, Margaret
2828
carolefabby@gmail.com
frances.farrelly@nuigalway.ie
Gannon, Ms Mary
5843
Fixed Term Lecturer
mary.gannon@nuigalway.ie
Geraghty, Catherine
4047
Administrative Assistant 2
catherine.geraghty@nuigalway.ie
Hahessy, Ms Sinead
Houghton, Dr Catherine
2012
5274
Lecturer
Lecturer
sineadhahessy@nuigalway.ie
catherine.houghton@nuigalway.ie
Hunter, Mr Andrew
5823
Lecturer
andrew.hunter@nuigalway.ie
Kelly, Ms Marcella
Quinn, Claire
)
McCarthy, Mr. Bernard
5036
Lecturer
Fixed Term Lecturer
marcella.kelly@nuigalway.ie
claire.quinn@nuigalway.ie
3817
Lecturer
bernard.mccarthy@nuigalway.ie
McGreevy, Ms Deirdre
3740
Administrative Assitant 2
deirdre.mcgreevy@nuigalway.ie
McNicholas, Ms Miriam
2018
Allocations Officer
miriam.mcnicholas@nuigalway.ie
Meagher, Ms Catherine
2829
Lecturer
catherine.meagher@nuigalway.ie
Meaney, Ms Teresa
2927
Lecturer
teresa.meaney@nuigalway.ie
Mee, Ms Lorraine
2830
Lecturer
lorraine.mee@nuigalway.ie
Montgomery, Adrienne
2998
Lecture
adrienne.montgomery@nuigalway.ie
Mooney, Ms Brona
5395
Fixed Term Lecturer
brona.mooney@nuigalway.ie
Murphy, Professor Kathy
3344
Head of School of Nursing &
kathy.murphy@nuigalway.ie
Midwifery
Noone, Ms Phil
2831
Lecturer
phil.noone@nuigalway.ie
O’Donnell, Della
3816
Administrative Assistant 3
della.odonnell@nuigalway.ie
O’Hara, Ms Mary
3684
Lecturer
mary.ohara@nuigalway.ie
O’Tuathail, Ms Claire
5314
Lecturer
claire.otuathail@nuigalway.ie
Quinlivan, Mr John
5387
Administrative Assistant 3
john.quinlivan@nuigalway.ie
Smyth, Ms Siobhan
2832
College Lecturer
siobhan.smyth@nuigalway.ie
Tully, Ms Agnes
2833
College Lecturer
agnes.tully@nuigalway.ie
Ui Chiardha, Ms Toni
3527
Lecturer
toni.uichiardha@nuigalway.ie
Van der Putten, Ms Deirdre
5602
Lecturer
deirdre.vanderputten@nuigalway.ie
Lecturer
Fixed Term Lecturer
margaret.b.folan@nuigalway.ie
23
e
DISCIPLINES AFFILIATED WITH THE COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH
SCIENCES
School of Psychology(Scoil na Síceolaíochta)
Location: St Anthonys Friary
Name
(Ainm)
Phone
(Fón)
Bogue, Dr John
5124
Lecturer
john.bogue@nuigalway.ie
Byrne, Dr Molly
5182
Lecturer
molly.byrne@nuigalway.ie
Curtis, Dr Ruth
3002
Personal Professor
ruth.curtis@nuigalway.ie
Donoghue, Ms Nuala
3678
School Administrator
Elliott, Dr Mark
5345
nuala.donoghue@nuigalway.ie
mark.elliot@nuigalway.ie
Glynn, Mrs Briege
2855
Greally, Ms Alma
3266
Senior Lecturer
First Arts Psychology Tutor Co-briege.glynn@nuigalway.ie
ordinator
alma.greally@nuigalway.ie
Administrative Assistant 2
Groarke, Dr AnnMarie
3098
Head of School
Healy, Dr Olive
3457
Lecturer
Heary, Dr Caroline
5059
Lecturer
caroline.heary@nuigalway.ie
Hogan, Dr Michael
3455
Lecturer
michael.hogan@nuigalway.ie
Hughes, Dr Brian
3568
Lecturer
brian.hughes@nuigalway.ie
James, Prof. Jack
3287
Established Professor
j.james@nuigalway.ie
Jennings, Ms Claudia
3454
Administrative Assistant 3
claudia.jennings@nuigalway.ie
Keane, Ms Ann Marie
3097
Lecturer
annmarie.keane@nuigalway.ie
Leader, Dr Geraldine
3434
Lecturer
geraldine.leader@nuigalway.ie
Mac Neela, Dr Padraig
5121
Lecturer
padraig.macneela@nuigalway.ie
Administrative Assistant 3
miriam.lohan@nuigalway.ie
Lohan, Ms Miriam
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
annmarie.groarke@nuigalway.ie
McGuire, Dr Brian
2954
Senior Lecturer
brian.mcguire@nuigalway.ie
Morrison, Dr Todd
5122
Lecturer
todd.morrison@nuigalway.ie
O’Hora, Dr Denis
5126
Lecturer
denis.ohora@nuigalway.ie
Sarma, Dr Kiran
5715
Lecturer
kiran.sarma@nuigalway.ie
Stewart, Dr Ian
3569
Lecturer
ian.stewart@nuigalway.ie
Walsh, Dr Jane
3102
Lecturer
jane.hogan@nuigalway.ie
Biochemistry(Bithcheimic)
Location: Arts/Science Building
Name
Phone
(Ainm)
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Byrnes, Dr Lucy
Carty, Dr Michael
2416
2420
Senior Lecturer
Senior Lecturer
lucy.byrnes@nuigalway.ie
michael.carty@nuigalway.ie
Creighton, Dr Peter
3654
University Teacher
peter.creighton@nuigalway.ie
Cullinane, Ms Ann
5890
Administrative Assistant 4
ann. cullinane@nuigalway.ie
24
Donlon, Dr John
Senior Lecturer
john.donlon@nuigalway.ie
Flaus, Dr Andrew James
2706
5482
College Lecturer
andrew.flaus@nuigalway.ie
Gorman, Dr Adrienne
2417
Lecturer
adrienne.gorman@nuigalway.ie
Griffin, Dr Tadhg
2436
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
tadhg.griffin@nuigalway.ie
Lowndes, Professor Noel
2420*
Established Professor
noel.lowndes@nuigalway.ie
Morgan, Dr Pat
2447
Senior Lecturer
pat.morgan@nuigalway.ie
Morrison, Dr Ciaran
2060
SFI Lecturer/Investigator
ciaran.morrison@nuigalway.ie
Nasheuer, Dr Heniz-Peter
2430
Senior Lecturer
h.nasheuer@nuigalway.ie
Nolan, Ms Geraldine
3645
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
geraldine.nolan@nuigalway.ie
O’Connor, Dr Lynn
3637
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
lynn.oconnor@nuigalway.ie
Samali, Dr Afshin
2440
Personal Professor
afshin.samali@nuigalway.ie
Professor of Cell Biology
kevin.sullivan@nuigalway.ie
College Lecturer
maria.tuohy@nuigalway.ie
Sullivan, Prof. Kevin
Tuohy, Dr Maria
2439
Botany(Luibheolaíocht)
Location: Arus De Brun/Martin Ryan Institute
Name
Phone
Title
(Ainm)
(Fón)
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Govier, Dr Robin
2340
Adjunct Lecturer
robin.govier@nuigalway.ie
Mhic Dhonncha, Ms Síle
2340
Administrative Assistant 2
botany@seaweed.nuigalway.ie
Morgan, Dr Gerry
3615
Senior Lecturer
gerry.morgan@nuigalway.ie
O’Connell, Prof. Michael
2338
Personal Professor
michael.oconnell@nuigalway.ie
Popper, Dr Zoe
5431
Contract Lecturer
zoe.popper@nuigalway.ie
Sheehy Skeffington,Dr M
2682
Lecturer
micheline.sheehy@nuigalway.ie
Stengel, Dr Dagmar
3192
Lecturer
dagmar.stengel@nuigalway.ie
Microbiology(Micribhitheolaíocht)
Location: Arts Science Building
Name
Phone
(Ainm)
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Barry, Dr Thomas
3189
Lecturer
thomas.barry@nuigalway.ie
Boyd, Dr Aoife
2404
Lecturer
aoife.boyd@nuigalway.ie
Carroll, Dr Cyril
2277
Senior Lecturer
cyril.carroll@nuigalway.ie
Collins, Dr Gavin
2390
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
gavin.collins@nuigalway.ie
Fleming, Dr Gerard
3562
Lecturer
ger.fleming@nuigalway.ie
Gormally, Dr Michael J.
3334
Senior Lecturer
michael.gormally@nuigalway.ie
Hogan, Dr Edward
3003
Adjunct Professor
edward.hogan@nuigalway.ie
Moran, Prof. Anthony
3163
Personal Professor
anthony.moran@nuigalway.ie
O’Connell, Caroline
2294
Administrative Assistant 2
caroline.oconnell@nuigalway.ie
O ’Bryne, Dr Conor
3957
Lecturer
conor.obyrne@nuigalway.ie
25
O’Flaherty, Prof. Vincent
3734
Established Professor
vincent.oflaherty@nuigalway.ie
O’Leary, Dr Aoife
3163
Lecturer (Fixed Term)
aoife.oleary@nuigalway.ie
Patching, Prof. John
2398
Personal Professor
john.patching@nuigalway.ie
Smith, Prof. Peter
2370
Personal Professor
peter.smith@nuigalway.ie
Trayers-Lynagh, Ms Angela
2081
Administrative Assistant 2
angela.trayerslynagh@nuigalway.ie
Wall, Dr Gerard
5808
Senior Lecturer
gerard.wall@nuigalway.ie
School of Chemistry(Scoil na Ceimice)
Location: Arts/Science Building
Name
Phone
(Ainm)
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Aldabbagh, Dr Fawaz
3120
College Lecturer
fawaz.aldabbagh@nuigalway.ie
Buckley, Ms Judy
2459
Administrative Assistant 2
judy.buckley@nuigalway.ie
Carroll, Dr William
2452
Senior Lecturer
william.carroll@nuigalway.ie
Crowley, Dr Peter
2480
Lecturer
peter.crowley@nuigalway.ie
Curran, Dr Henry
2460
Lecturer
henry.curran@nuigalway.ie
Erxleben, Dr Andrea
2483
Lecturer
andrea.erxleben@nuigalway.ie
Geraghty, Dr Niall W.A.
2474
Senior Lecturer
niall.geraghty@nuigalway.ie
Higgins, Dr Timothy
2464
Senior Lecturer
tim.higgins@nuigalway.ie
Jones, Dr, Leigh
3462
Lecturer
leigh.jones@nuigalway.ie
Kelly, Ms Karen
2460
Administrative Assistant 3
karen.kelly@nuigalway.ie
Leech, Dr Donal
3563
Lecturer
donal.leech@nuigalway.ie
Murphy, Prof. Paul
2465
Established Professor
paul.v.murphy@nuigalway.ie
O’Leary, Patrick F
2476
Lecturer
patrick.oleary@nuigalway.ie
Power, Dr Nicholas
2765
Lecturer
nicolas.power@nuigalway.ie
Ryder, Dr Alan
3451
Senior Lecturer
alan.ryder@nuigalway.ie
School of Physics(Scoil na Fisice)
Location: Arts/Science Building
Name
Phone
(Ainm)
(Fón)
Title
(Teideal)
E-Mail Address
(Ríomh Phost)
Berresheim, Dr Harald
5705
Senior Lecturer
herald.berresheim@nuigalway.ie
Butler, Dr Ray
3788
Lecturer
ray.butler@nuigalway.ie
Byrne, Dr Miriam
3394
College Lecturer
miriam.byrne@physics.nuigalway.ie
Coggins, Dr Marie
5056
Lecturer
marie.coggins@nuigalway.ie
Dainty, Prof. Christopher
2826
Professor of Applied Physics
c.dainty@nuigalway.ie
Lecturer
nicholas.devaney@nuigalway.ie
Devaney, Dr Nicholas
Foley, Dr Mark
5383
Lecturer
mark.foley@nuigalway.ie
Gillanders, Dr Gary
2529
College Lecturer
gary.gillanders@nuigalway.ie
Glynn, Professor Thomas J.
2516
Prof. of Experimental Physics
thomas.glynn@nuigalway.ie
26
Goncharov, Dr Alexander
5191
Lecturer
alexander.goncharov@nuigalway.ie
Jennings, Prof. Stephen G.
2704
Personal Professor
gerard.jennings@nuigalway.ie
Lang, Dr Mark
3241
Head of School
mark.lang@nuigalway.ie
Mahoney, Ms Tess
2490
Administrative Assistant 3
tess.mahoney@nuigalway.ie
Morgan, Dr Gerry
2520
Senior Lecturer
dean.science@nuigalway.ie
O’Connor, Dr Gerard
2513
Senior Lecturer
gerard.oconnor@nuigalway.ie
O’Dowd, Prof. Colin
2490
Personal Professor
colin.odowd@nuigalway.ie
Redfern, Prof. Michael
2717
Personal Professor
redfern@physics.nuigalway.ie
Lecturer
matt.redman@nuigalway.ie
Redman, Dr Matthew
Shearer, Dr Andrew
3114
Senior Lecturer
andy.shearer@nuigalway.ie
Sherlock, Dr Richard
2811
Lecturer
richard.sherlock@nuigalway.ie
Ward, Dr Brian
3029
Lecturer
brian.ward@nuigalway.ie
27
28
SECTION A
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
29
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
General regulations for the Undergraduate Degrees in Health Sciences (NFQ
Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The Undergraduate Degree Programmes of the School of Health Sciences at NUI
Galway are four-year Honours Degrees, which award the Bachelor of Science in
one of the following specialisms: Occupational Therapy, Podiatry, Speech and
Language Therapy.
Regulations may be altered periodically. The regulations applying to students are
generally those which applied to their programme at the time in which they
commenced their studies, unless otherwise specified in the General Regulations
hereunder.
These Regulations form a total, individual clauses may be conditioned or varied by
the provision of other clauses and cannot be applied in isolation.
The Regulations may also be supported by, or refer to other publications such as
the University Undergraduate Prospectus (available on request or by following
on-line
links
for
Future
Students
from
http://www.nuigalway.ie:84/undergrad/request_prospectus.php), and the General
Calendar of the University.
I. Entry to the Degree is limited and is based competitively on the results of the
Irish Leaving Certificate examination or its equivalent. The minimum requirement
is matriculation, as set out in the Undergraduate Prospectus. [Refer Matriculation
requirements and Additional Requirements in the University Undergraduate
Prospectus]. Requirements arising where the results being presented are from any
examination other than the Irish Leaving Certificate are also set out in the
Prospectus.
Note:
The competitive cut-off may be significantly higher than the Matriculation
standard. All Applications are processed through the Central Applications Office
(www.cao.ie).
II. Candidates who do not meet the Ordinary Matriculation Requirements as set
out in I above, may matriculate on grounds of Mature Years [refer Matriculation
on Mature Years in the University Undergraduate Prospectus].
Note: All Applications are processed through the Central Applications
Office (refer to www.cao.ie)
III. Before entering the Degree programme every student must furnish Garda
Clearance. This is organised through the School Office on entering the University.
Failure to obtain clearance may result in the student being unable to access practice
education placements which are a requirement of the programme.
30
IV. The School of Health Sciences strongly recommends that students obtain the
appropriate vaccinations (details available in programme handbooks). Placement
providers stipulate that students must have the appropriate vaccinations before
undertaking placements at their site. If students cannot provide evidence of
vaccinations, placements may be refused.
V. Registration is carried out by the University. Students must be registered in
their Degree programme not later than fifteen days after the commencement of
Programmes.
VI. To obtain the degrees of B.Sc. in the selected Specialism as set out in the
Explanatory Note (above);
(a) Students must pursue programmes of Study extending over a period of not less
than four Academic Years and must pass the various Examinations prescribed
below, meeting the requirements as set out elsewhere in these Regulations, in the
Marks and Standards of the College and in Student Handbooks where necessary.
(b) The Examinations are as follows:
(1) The First University Examination in their programme.
(2) The Second University Examinations in their programme.
(3) The Third University Examination in their programme.
(4) The Fourth University Examination, being the Final Examination in
their programme.
Note:
(i)
The duration of the programme cannot be shortened; no part
of the Final Examination may be taken before the end of 8
Semesters of professional education.
(ii)
There is a time-limit on the completion of the degree; while a
student who fails their yearly examination in a particular year
has the right to re-sit that/those examination(s) the following
year [refer par. VII - X below], the total time allowed for the
successful completion of the four University Examinations is 6
years or 12 semesters in total.
VII. The First University Examination must be passed completely before a student
can proceed to the Second Year.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the First Year Programme as outlined in the student handbooks,
including completion of all coursework. Exceptions may only be permitted by the
Head of School where it is recommended by the programme on professionally
verified grounds of student ill-health, close family bereavement or of significant
personal difficulties.
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer Examination session with
repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn Examination session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination will
require the student to re-attend the First Year programme and re-sit the
Examination in the following year.
31
(d) The First Year examination must be completed within two years of entering
First Year, extensions may not be given as this will breach the overall time-limit
for completing the programme as set out in Par. VI above.
VIII. The Second University Examination must be passed completely before a
student can proceed to the Third Year.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the Second Year Programme, including completion of all
coursework. Exceptions may only be permitted by the Head of School where it is
recommended by the programme on professionally verified grounds of student illhealth, close family bereavement or of significant personal difficulties.
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer Examination session with
repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn Examination session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination will
require the student to re-attend the Second Year programme and re-sit the
Examination in the following year, provided that this will not breach the overall
time-limit as set out in Par VI above. In such a case the student will be unable to
continue.
(d) The Second Year examination must be completed within two years of entering
Second Year, extensions may not be given as this will breach the overall time-limit
for completing the programme as set out in Par. VI above.
IX. The Third University Examination must be passed completely before a student
can proceed to the Fourth Year.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the Third Year Programme, including completion of all
coursework. Exceptions may only be permitted by the Head of School where this
is recommended by the programme on professionally verified grounds of student
ill-health, close family bereavement or of significant personal difficulties.
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer Examination session with
repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn Examination session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination will
require the student to re-attend the Third Year programme and re-sit the
Examination in the following year, provided that this will not breach the overall
time-limit as set out in Par. VI above. In such a case the student will be unable to
continue.
(d) The Third Year examination must be completed within two years of entering
Third Year, extensions may not be given as this will breach the overall time-limit
for completing the programme as set out in Par. VI above.
X. The Fourth and Final University Examination must be passed completely before
a student can be awarded the B.Sc. Degree
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the Final Year Programme, including completion of all
coursework. Exceptions may only be permitted by the Head of School where this
is recommended by the programme on professionally verified grounds of student
ill-health, close family bereavement or of significant personal difficulties.
32
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer examination session with
repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn examination session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination will
require the student to re-attend the Final Year programme and re-sit the
Examination in the following year, provided that this will not breach the overall
time-limit as set out in Par. VI above. In such a case the student will be unable to
complete the degree.
(d) The Final Year examination must be completed within two years of entering
Final Year, extensions may not be given as this will breach the overall time for
completing the programme as set out in Par. VI above.
XI (a) The Award of the B.Sc. Degree will require successful completion of all
years of the Undergraduate Programme as set out in Rules V to X (inclusive)
above.
(b) The calculation of the overall degree results awarded, including the calculation
of Honours (if any), will be based on the proportion of the overall marks attained
across the years of the programme as set-out in the Marks and Standards and
recorded in the student handbook for each programme:
XII. Any student failing to pass the Examination indicated in Rules VI, to XI
(inclusive) above within the specified intervals will be ineligible to proceed further
with his/her studies. Exemptions to this rule will be granted by the Academic
Council, on the recommendation of the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health
Sciences, only for very serious reasons.
XIII. Re-attendance may be required from any student whose attendance is
considered to have been unsatisfactory, or who has not attained a sufficient
standard of knowledge as judged by examination or progressive assessment.
Satisfactory attendance is generally regarded as attendance and participation in not
less than 75% of the taught sessions provided. Students who have not achieved
satisfactory attendance may be refused admission to examinations.
XIV. Given that these programmes award a professional qualification and lead to
professional registration, there are specific requirements for the completion of
clinical education and training components of the programme, which include also a
prescription on the number of opportunities allowed to repeat /re-sit these
components. In some cases, these are determined by the professional bodies (refer
to each programme handbook for more specific rules which apply in each Therapy
specialism). When students have not successfully completed these clinical
components of their degree programme, in total or in part, including their practice
education, clinical theory, or other such components as are required, and have
exhausted all repeat /re-sit options for so doing, they are not eligible for the award
of the B.Sc. in their designated Therapy specialism, but may, subject to the
decision of the Head of School on the recommendation of the programme, transfer
to complete the non-clinical degree, - the B.Sc. (Health Studies) as outlined in the
Paragraph XV below.
33
XV. Students who are rendered ineligible for the award of the B.Sc. in their
designated Therapy specialism by the provisions of Paragraph XIV above,, may be
offered the option of transferring to complete the non-clinical award of the B.Sc.
(Health Studies). This programme, also an Honours (NFQ level 8 award) will
include all of the modules of the BSc in their original Therapy specialism except
the practice placement, and or clinical/practice education modules. These will be
substituted by independent study module(s) in years 3 and 4 which will constitute a
non-clinical degree route. In the independent study module(s) students will be
required to demonstrate independent and critical thinking through appropriate
assignment(s). Students may be transferred either in their Third Year or their Final
Year as may be deemed appropriate. The decision to transfer must be approved by
the Head of School on the recommendation of the programme, only in the
circumstances described in Paragraph XIV above.
34
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
(B.SC. IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY)
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degree in the Clinical
Therapies (NFQ Level 8 Ref: www.nfq.ie)
Occupational Therapy is the treatment of people with physical and psychiatric
illness or disability through specifically selected occupation for the purpose of
enabling individuals to reach their maximum level of function and independence in
all aspects of life. The occupational therapist assesses the physical, psychological
and social functions of the individual, identifies areas of dysfunction and involves
the individual in a structured programme of occupation to overcome disability.
The occupations selected relate to the consumer’s personal, social, cultural and
economic needs include the environmental factors which govern his/her lifestyle.
AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME
• To prepare students to successfully meet the professional requirements of the
Association of Occupational Therapists in Ireland (AOTI) on behalf of the
World Federation of Occupational Therapists.
• To prepare students to work effectively as occupational therapists in current
and changing health care contexts and environments.
• To produce competent occupational therapists whose practice reflects a regard
for the rights, needs and expectations of individual clients.
• To produce graduate occupational therapists who are reflective evidence
based practitioners.
• To enable students to develop a scholarly approach towards the practice of
occupational therapy.
• To facilitate the education of therapists who are ethical practitioners,
analytical thinkers and effective communicators.
OBJECTIVES OF THE PROGRAMME
The student will:
• Achieve an understanding of the concept of occupational performance and its
application in the practice of occupational therapy;
• Develop clinical reasoning skills which promote the appropriate selection of
assessment methods and treatment programmes for client types commonly
treated by occupational therapists;
• Understand the central role of occupation in occupational therapy;
• Demonstrate an understanding of research principles and methods in
promoting evidence based practice;
• Read professional and scientific literature critically and use the results;
• Select, develop and present ideas in an acceptable academic manner;
• Be able to select appropriate models of practice for therapeutic intervention in
a variety of practice settings;
• Recognise the right of clients to participate in decision making about their
therapy;
35
•
Know the structure and functions of major government departments and other
organisations relevant to the work of occupational therapists.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
This is a full-time undergraduate programme extending over four years or eight
academic semesters. The course explores how difficulties in relation to physical or
mental health can affect occupation (i.e. daily activities in relation to areas such as
self care, work, leisure, play etc.) in all groups of people - children, adolescents,
adults and older adults. The modules studied in the four years are described briefly
below.
YEAR 1
ANATOMY
This module introduces students to the fundamental principles of biological
science and to the basic organisation, form and structure of the human body.
Students develop knowledge and understanding of the structure and functional
aspects of the musculoskeletal system of the body and support knowledge in
Physiology. An understanding of the musculoskeletal system forms part of the
knowledge required to understand the performance components (motor/sensory,
cognitive and affective) of occupation.
HUMAN BODY FUNCTION
This course covers the physiology of the major body systems with the exception of
the central nervous system which will be addressed in Year 2. Students develop
knowledge and understanding of the physiological processes in the body
associated with a normal, healthy, functional state. It is designed to underpin
subsequent development of modules related to Occupational Therapy practice.
PSYCHOLOGY
This module introduces students to areas of psychology relevant to their
professional activities. The main areas covered are Social Psychology, Clinical
Abnormal and Forensic Psychology, Developmental Psychology and Cognitive
Psychology. The module helps to underpin some of the material encountered in
Occupational Therapy modules.
EXPLORATION OF OCCUPATION
This module is aimed at enabling the students to develop an understanding of
themselves as occupational beings. Students will be introduced to the way in
which occupation is conceptualised within occupational therapy and will learn how
to conduct an occupational analysis. Students will also learn about roles, habit and
routines and explore the nature of occupation and form.
ENABLING OCCUPATION - MENTAL HEALTH
This module will provide the students with some of the knowledge, understanding
and skills needed to work as an occupational therapist in a mental health setting.
The lectures focus on the aetiology, course, prognosis and management of various
mental health conditions. The seminars and workshops will introduce and expand
on the occupational therapy role, with emphasis on enabling people with mental
health problems to engage in occupation.
36
ENABLING OCCUPATION - PHYSICAL DISABILITY
Students will be introduced to a variety of clinical conditions commonly
encountered by occupational therapists in practice. Case studies used in seminars
and workshops will be organised using the format of an occupational therapy
model. Case studies will also reflect culture and gender diversity. Students will
have the opportunity to develop skills, knowledge and understanding with regard
to treatment approaches used in practice.
FUNDAMENTALS OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY I
This module is the first in a series of modules which will run throughout the four
years and underpin the study of occupational therapy. In this module students will
begin to develop a thorough understanding of occupational therapy identity. They
will learn the history of the profession both nationally and internationally and will
understand the occupational therapy process. They will reflect on client-centered
practice and on outcomes for intervention and will also study the code of ethics via
the discussion of ethical dilemmas and will discuss the various intervention
methods of occupational therapists.
GROUPWORK AND PROFESSIONAL SKILLS
This module prepares students to engage patients/clients through a range of
seminars and workshops designed to develop professional skills in dyadic and
group situations. Students learn the principles of effective communication and
effective teamwork and in addition to this; this module aims to encourage students
reflection on their personal and professional development.
YEAR 2
NEUROANATOMY
This module runs concurrently with the module in neurophysiology and includes
the fundamentals of neuroanatomy and functional neuroanatomy. It will underpin
several applied occupational therapy modules. An understanding of neuroanatomy
forms part of the knowledge required to understand the performance components
(motor/sensory, cognitive and affective) of occupation.
NEUROPHYSIOLOGY
This module runs concurrently with the module in neuroanatomy and includes the
fundamentals of neurophysiology. It will underpin several applied occupational
therapy modules. An understanding of neurophysiology forms part of the
knowledge required to understand the performance components (motor/sensory,
cognitive and affective) of occupation.
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY
This module provides students with an introduction to health psychology.
Students are introduced to the main areas of sickness and health and application of
psychological theories to the prevention of ill health and the promotion of health
across the lifespan.
37
ENABLING OCCUPATION – PAEDIATRICS
This module introduces students to the knowledge and skills necessary to work
effectively with children and adolescents with physical or intellectual disability or
mental health problems.
ENABLING OCCUPATION - ADULTS AND CHILDREN WITH
INTELLECTUAL DISABILITY
In this module, students become familiar with the specific issues and needs of
adults with intellectual disability. This is a growing population and in this module
issues such as advocacy, ageing, personal relationships and culture will be
explored.
FUNDAMENTALS OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY II
This module is the second in the series. Here, students explore client narratives
and professional behaviour and reasoning, the therapeutic relationship,
interdisciplinary teams and managing conflict. There are also sessions aimed at
preparing students for practice education placement.
PRACTICE EDUCATION
These two eight week placements provide students with an opportunity to
experience the delivery of occupational therapy services in the field. Students will
be supervised by a named qualified occupational therapist. An individual learning
contract will be negotiated and agreed between the student and supervisor and will
guide students learning on placement. Tutorials may be provided by practice
educators and a minimum of one hour per week of formal supervision will be
provided. Informal feedback will be given regularly.
YEAR 3
SOCIAL POLICY
This module examines the legislation and policy which underpins practice
including the knowledge of employment and equality of opportunity.
EVIDENCE BASED PRACTICE
In this module, students learn to explore and appraise critically the best available
clinical evidence from systematic research and to apply and integrate this into
clinical practice. Students are required to make use of evidence to guide
professional judgement about the effectiveness of specific interventions for
individual clients.
STANDARDISED TESTING
With increasing need for evidence, audit and clinical effectiveness, quantifiable
measures of effectiveness are essential. In order to engage in and develop
evidence based practice, occupational therapists need to be familiar with and
competent in administering, scoring and interpreting the results of standardised
tests. This module introduces the students to a range of standardised assessments
used in Occupational Therapy and links with the module of evidence based
practice.
38
ENABLING OCCUPATION – COMMUNITY
In this module, students explore the policies and trends for care in the community
and implications for Occupational Therapy practice. The diversity of service users
within the community is a key theme and will include all ages, cultures and
conditions e.g. primary care, health promotion, equipment provision, community
mental health etc. This module enables students to develop the knowledge and
skills to work with individuals and groups in the community.
ENABLING OCCUPATION - OLDER ADULTS
This module prepares the student to work with older adults (>65 years) and
considers the complexity of the interrelationships between normal aging, role
change and pathology and the subsequent effect on occupational functioning.
RESEARCH METHODS
This module introduces the student to methods of scientific enquiry focusing on
research and design. Both quantitative and qualitative methodologies will be
introduced and the module includes both theoretical aspects and practical skills
such as data analysis and statistics.
EMERGING AREAS OF PRACTICE
Using Service Learning, this module provides students with the opportunity to
work in collaboration with community organisations to develop and implement
occupational therapy programs which meet identified occupational therapy need(s)
of the organisation. Students engage in a minimum of 120 hours of community
based learning, during which they design, implement and evaluate an occupational
therapy program under supervision from academic staff.
FUNDAMENTALS OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY III
This module is the third in a series of modules. The students have an opportunity
to debrief and discuss their second year practice education experience and apply
the case-studies carried out on placement to the modules of practice presented.
Students will be given an opportunity to develop knowledge, understanding and
skills regarding models of practice and occupational therapy.
FUNDAMENTALS OF OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY IV
This module is the fourth in a series. In this module, students are introduced to the
concepts and theory of occupational science. They examine the relationship
between occupation and issues such as health and quality of life. They also
explore the effects of occupational imbalance, deprivation and alienation and will
develop knowledge and understanding and skills in the promotion of social justice.
YEAR 4
PRACTICE EDUCATION
These are the third and fourth year practice education modules each eight weeks
long and provide further opportunity for students to experience the delivery of
occupational therapy services in the field. This module may be taken abroad if a
39
student wishes and if an appropriate venue with an accredited supervisor can be
identified. Students will be supervised by a named qualified occupational
therapist. An individual learning contract will be negotiated and agreed between
the student and supervisor and will guide students learning on placement. In this
placement it is expected that students will continue to work as effective team
members but that they will also learn to manage a small caseload and communicate
effectively with other team members, with parents/clients and carers/relatives in
this context.
RESEARCH PROJECT
This module gives the student the opportunity to plan and conduct an original
piece of research in a scientific and organised manner under supervision. Project
guidelines are given to students. Supervision will be given by an academic
supervisor. Students will write a 10-15,000 word dissertation and give a
conference presentation.
MANAGEMENT
In this module students are introduced to basic management and leadership styles.
The skills are relevant to their practice as staff grade occupational therapists.
Current health and social service policies and proposed developments are also
addressed and the importance of being aware of and acting upon changes in policy
where appropriate stressed.
PREPARATION FOR PRACTICE
This module provides a synthesis and an update of the learning acquired to date.
Students will review current health care strategies and policies and will learn about
continuing professional development and draw up curriculum vitae and practice
interview skills.
40
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PODIATRY
B.SC. IN PODIATRY
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degree in the Clinical
Therapies (NFQ Level 8 Ref: www.nfq.ie)
Podiatry is a healthcare profession that specialises in the management of disease
and disorder of the lower limb and foot. The foot is a highly complex structure,
which can develop problems affecting the overall health and quality of life of the
patient. Podiatry can significantly improve peoples’ quality of life by promoting
and maintaining mobility. Podiatrists are educated in diagnosis and in planning and
implementing interventions for all age groups. Podiatrists work as autonomous
practitioners demonstrating expertise in assessing, diagnosing and managing lower
limb and foot related problems. As such, the Podiatrist works in a variety of
health-care settings including public sector services such as the HSE in primary
and hospital settings, the commercial and private sectors, in education, research
and in industry. Podiatrists are an integral part of the health care team augmenting
the physician and surgeon in treating foot disease and preventing, where possible,
the onset of foot disease. Podiatrists may work in single-handed practice or as a
member of the wider multi-disciplinary team working in collaboration with other
health professionals including nurses, physiotherapists, orthotists and occupational
therapists.
PHILOSOPHY AND AIMS OF THE PROGRAMME
The B.Sc. Podiatry programme is designed to educate and train those who wish to
pursue a professional career in podiatry, as a health care professional, who
specialises in the management of disease and disorder of the lower limb and foot.
The Discipline is committed to providing a comprehensive education for
podiatrists and the curriculum is based on best available evidence in relation to
both theory and practice. The course aims to ensure that students achieve the
academic and practitioner standards as laid out by regulatory and professional
bodies in Ireland.
The B.Sc. Podiatry (equivalent to B.Sc. (Hons.) at UK institutions) extends over
four years or eight academic semesters. The structure of the degree programme
introduces, in a defined manner, inter-professional learning in both academic and
clinical modules. It has, as its central focus, the integration of theory with clinical
practice with opportunities for inter-professional learning with other health care
professionals. The overall goal of this programme is to prepare competent,
flexible, accountable practitioners, who are capable of lifelong learning. Preparing
students to be flexible and self-directed in learning is considered to be a key
outcome of the degree programme as it is recognised that the current rapid pace of
change in the health services means the skills of tomorrow will be different from
those of today. It is therefore fundamental that graduates “learn how to learn”.
Lifelong learning is a continually supportive process, which stimulates and
41
empowers individuals to acquire the knowledge, values, skills and understanding
they will require throughout their lifetime and develop the capacity to apply these
with confidence.
The aims of the programme are:
• To produce graduates that have an ability to apply knowledge and
understanding of core podiatric theory to underpin podiatric practice and,
using this knowledge, effectively plan, negotiate and deliver podiatric care
• To produce graduates, and skilled podiatrists, who possess excellent podiatric
psychomotor skills for clinical practice
• To produce graduates who are able to analyse and evaluate the effectiveness
of their treatment and management strategies
• To produce graduates of a high calibre who meet the specifications and
standards of proficiency of professional and regulatory bodies
• To enable students to develop a range of personal and transferable skills
commensurate with working effectively in dynamic healthcare environments
in preparedness for clinical practice
• To enable students to develop a professional identity and ethos, with
awareness of the scope and limits of the role of the podiatrist, working with
and/or referring onto other agencies where appropriate
• To produce graduates who are able to acknowledge their commitments as a
professional within clinical governance frameworks and take responsibility
for their own learning and continuing professional development
• To ensure graduates appreciate the nature and complexity of organisations and
policies within which podiatry is delivered
• To ensure graduates can demonstrate an understanding of evidence based
practice, and research, and how this may underpin practice and effective
service delivery
• To produce graduates who can demonstrate an understanding of ethical, legal
issues and socio-economic factors that impact on healthcare delivery.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
The programme is outlined below:
Year 1
•
•
•
•
•
•
Introduction to Clinical Studies
Podiatry Theory 1
Human Anatomy
Human Body Function
Professional Development
Redefining Health and Wellbeing
Year 2
•
•
•
Clinical Studies 2
Podiatry Theory 2
Introduction to Pharmacology
42
•
•
•
Functional Anatomy and Biomechanics
Research Methods 1
Pathophysiology
Year 3
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clinical Studies 3
Medicine and Surgery
Pharmacology in Health and Disease
Research Methods 2
Podiatry Theory 3
Health Promotion in Podiatry
Year 4
•
•
•
•
•
•
Clinical Studies 4
Skills for Practice
Working with Vulnerable Adults
Footwear and Orthoses
Research Dissertation
Contemporary Practice
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Central to the curriculum are the clinical studies modules. These modules extend
throughout the programme building from year one to integrate and articulate with
the theoretical learning. In the first year the students are introduced to clinical
protocols, then develop and acquire the essential psychomotor and communication
skills required for podiatric practice. Various aspects of management planning
skills are introduced at each stage. Ultimately the students acquire assessment and
diagnostic skills and increasing competence leads to a comprehensive podiatric
patient management which requires increasing cognitive and psychomotor skills to
affect safe and efficient patient care.
The theoretic components of the programme underpin the clinical podiatric
management of patients. The framework provides vertical and horizontal
integration for the subject areas that impact on the practice of podiatry. These
include physiology, anatomy, pathophysiology, pharmacology, medicine and
surgery, health promotion and core podiatry. The modules build sequentially with
the 1st year modules dealing mainly with normal structure and function. This
allows time to absorb and reflect on normal function and structure prior to
progressing to abnormal structure and disease states.
Evidence-Based Practice informs the student of the importance of audit, research
and evidence based care. Therefore the importance of evidence-based practice will
be integrated throughout all modules within the curriculum. Students are
encouraged to develop the necessary skills to understand, critique and apply
research based evidence in practice. Research approaches and methodologies are
43
covered within years 2 and 3 of the programme ensuring students receive
grounding in research methods before they apply this knowledge through their
dissertation in year 4.
A variety of approaches to learning and teaching are integrated throughout the
curriculum including lectures, tutorials, work-shops, seminars and problem-based
learning.
PRACTICE EDUCATION
Practice education is a process of work based learning which involves a
partnership between the practice educator and the student in the practice setting.
All students are required to complete 1,000 hours of practice education
successfully under the supervision of qualified Podiatrists. Practice education will
be undertaken each year. The majority of practice education takes place at Merlin
Park Podiatry Clinic, Merlin Park University Hospital, Galway. This facility
provides a service to patients with a wide variety of medical and surgical
conditions, children, sports injuries and patients requiring soft tissue surgery.
Practice education aims to introduce the students to the culture of the profession.
It facilitates the development and application of the knowledge, attitudes, values
and skills needed for the execution of appropriate professional behaviours. It also
gives the opportunity to practice under supervision, and be assessed on
professional standards and behaviour, ethical practice and inter professional
partnership.
The main aims of practice education are:
• to integrate theory, practice, ethics and values of podiatry
• to apply knowledge, professional reasoning and professional behaviour within
practice
• to promote professional competence
• to work as an effective team member
• to promote professional confidence
• to provide opportunities for students to integrate theoretical and practical
learning
• to facilitate consolidation of student’s previous learning
ASSESSMENT
A wide variety of assessment strategies are employed at stages throughout the
programme in order to cater for a diversity of learning needs. The range and
diversity of assessments allows the varying strengths of individual students to be
demonstrated. All assessments throughout the programme are designed to assess
students’ theoretical knowledge and clinical practical skills to ensure students meet
the necessary competencies for professional practice. Assessment strategies that
are employed include clinical practical examinations, continuous assessment and
end of year examinations.
44
Pass Standard
The pass mark is 50% based on the aggregate mark of coursework and
examination. Unless the Board of Examiners recommends otherwise the
maximum mark obtainable on a repeat examination is a pass (50%).
Compensation
Students may compensate up to 12 ECTS in Biological Sciences I (Human
Anatomy or Human Body Function) and in Biological Sciences II (Functional
Anatomy & Biomechanics and Pathophysiology).
Compensation shall be
effective from a mark of 45%. To compensate the candidate must obtain excess
marks in the other biological science subject. The marks need to be at least double
the deficiency. Compensation is NOT allowed between different Podiatry
modules. Compensation is NOT allowed within clinical modules as students
must demonstrate competency in all aspects of clinical practice. Therefore students
must pass all elements of clinical modules in order to pass the module overall.For
instance, if a student fails any part of the clinical module in Semesters 1 & 2,
compensation is not allowed and they will fail the overall module.
45
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPEECH AND LANGUAGE THERAPY
B.SC. IN SPEECH AND LANGUAGE THERAPY
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degree in the Clinical
Therapies (NFQ Level 8 Ref: www.nfq.ie)
Speech and Language Therapy is the health care profession specifically concerned
with the assessment, diagnosis and management of communication and
swallowing disorders. Speech and language therapists enable people with
communication disorders to achieve their maximum potential to communicate.
Having assessed the individual and established a diagnosis, the speech and
language therapist plans and implements an intervention programme with the
client. This may involve direct work with the client or work with the family or
significant others in the individual’s environment to break down the barriers to
communication and enable the individual to function as independently as possible
in his/her environment. Speech and language therapists also have an important
role in the prevention of communication difficulties through health promotion and
education programmes.
Speech and language therapists work closely with other health care professionals
e.g. doctors, psychologists, occupational therapists, physiotherapists, public health
nurses, paediatricians, ear nose and throat consultants etc. They also work in
collaboration with teachers, educational psychologists and resource and learning
support teachers.
Speech and language therapists work in a range of settings including:
• community clinics/health centres
• hospitals
• rehabilitation centres
• child development centres
• mainstream and special schools
• language classes
• day centres
• people’s homes
• private practice
STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME
In 2003 the National University of Ireland, Galway (NUI Galway) commenced a
four year full time undergraduate programme leading to a Bachelor of Science and
a professional qualification in speech and language therapy. The mission
statement of Speech and Language Therapy is:
“To prepare speech and language therapists in training to become competent
clinicians and independent lifelong learners, by providing a supportive learning
environment to explore relevant theory and apply it to clinical practice, with an
emphasis on lived experiences.”
46
This course currently offers an average of twenty five places for students. This
programme is firmly centred on the core area of disorders of communication,
therefore all years contain substantial proportions of time devoted to disorders of
communication, with the major ancillary disciplines of anatomy, physiology,
audiology, linguistics and psychology integrated as far as possible at appropriate
locations. The overall goal of this programme is to prepare competent, flexible,
accountable practitioners, who are capable of lifelong learning.
The aims of the programme are:
• To produce graduates of a high calibre who meet the specifications of the Irish
Association of Speech and Language Therapists (IASLT).
• To enable students to gain the knowledge and core theoretical understanding
of communication and related disorders and their management.
• To enable students to develop effective interpersonal and clinical skills.
• To enable students to develop a professional identity and ethos, with
awareness of the scope and limits of the role of the speech and language
therapist.
• To encourage students to be flexible and responsive practitioners, prepared for
the workplace and changing patterns of service delivery.
• To provide opportunities for self-monitoring and personal development for the
formation of reflective practitioners, capable of effective, critical evaluation
and analysis thereby promoting continuing professional development and
lifelong learning.
• To develop practitioners who appreciate their role in contributing to the
knowledge and understanding of communication, its disorders and their
management through the application of research to practice.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
Year 1
Psychology 1
Human Body Structure 1
Human Body Function
Practice Education 1
Professional Studies 1
Linguistics 1
Phonetics & Phonology
Communication Impairments 1
Year 2
Psychology 2
Neuroanatomy
Neurophysiology
Practice Education 2
Professional Studies 2
Research Methodology 2
Linguistics 2
Communication Impairments 2
47
Year 3
Psychology 3
Practice Education 3
Professional Studies 3
Research Methodology 3
Linguistics 3
Communication & Swallowing Impairments
Year 4
Practice Education 4
Professional Studies 4
Research Methodology 4
48
THE OVERALL STRUCTURE AND ECTS IN THE NEW CURRICULUM
STRAND 31 Communication & Swallowing
STRAND 1 The Developing Clinician STRAND 2 Human Sciences STRAND
Y
E
A
R
Practice Education 4
Professional Studies 4
Research Methodology 4
18
24
18
4
Y
E
A
R
3
Y
E
A
R
2
Y
E
A
R
1
Psychology 3
Practice Education 3
Professional Studies 3
Research
Methodology 3
Linguistics 3
Communication &
Swallowing Impairments
6
12
18
6
6
12
Linguistics 2
Communication
Impairments 2
Psychology 2
Neuroanatomy
Neurophysiology
Practice
Education 2
Professional Studies 2
Research
Methodology 2
6
6
6
6
12
6
Psychology 1
Anatomy
Human Body
Function
Practice
Education 1
Professional
Studies 1
Linguistics 1
Phonetics & Phonology
Communication
Impairments 1
12
6
6
6
6
6
12
6
6
12
49
&
Overview of the Strands, Modules and Aims for each year of the Programme
1.
Developing
Clinician
Practice Education 1
2. Human Sciences
24
Human
Function
Body
Anatomy
Psychology
1
(Developmental,
Cognitive and the
Psychology
of
Learning)
3. Communication
&
Swallowing
Sciences
24
Linguistics 1
Phonetics
Phonology
Communication
Impairments 1
Totals
60
and
Aims of the Module
SLTs in training will have the opportunity to begin to develop key knowledge, skills, and
attitudes for speech and language therapy practice. They will also integrate knowledge, skills
and experiences from Strands 2 and 3 through provided cases. Students will be introduced to
the concept of research and evidence based practice in SLT and the focus will be on finding,
critically appraising and properly citing literature and understanding ethical issues underpinning
clinical and research practice. They will be introduced to the potential impact of communication
impairments on quality of life across the lifespan. The service model that will be emphasized is
universal services.
Total Hours
Modules within
the Strand
Professional Studies
1
Self-directed
Assessment
Hours
Credits
for Strand
12
Credits
Modules
Strands in
Year 1
Contact Hours
for
PROGRAMME OVERVIEW- An
6
30
120
150
To introduce students to observation and reflection as learning and assessment tools. It will
provide students with opportunities to study infant and child development and to interact with
children in preschools and with people with disabilities at an appropriate level through
placements and university-based workshops.
To introduce students to the fundamental principles of human body function which underpin
speech and language
6
12
138
150
6
32
118
150
To introduce students to the fundamental principles of biological science and basic
organization, form and structure of human body. It will develop concepts which have particular
relevance in the understanding of the anatomical basis of speech production.
In Psychology 1: Developmental psychology students are introduced to the main theoretical
perspectives in developmental psychology with a focus on the lifespan perspective on
development.
6
32
118
150
6
30
120
150
In Psychology 1: Cognitive psychology SLTs in training are introduced to the theory and
practice of cognitive psychology, which is an area of psychology that is particularly concerned
with explaining how we think and how that thinking affects our behaviour.
3
12
63
75
In Psychology 1: The Psychology of Learning, theoretical developments in the psychology of
learning from a behaviour analytic perspective are examined.
3
24
51
75
To introduce SLTs in training to key concepts in linguistics and to the development of
communication across the lifespan.
6
30
120
150
To equip SLTs in training with an understanding of how speech is produced and to provide
grounding in the descriptive and transcriptional conventions for transcribing speech sounds. To
provide an overview of the procedures in carrying out a basic phonological analysis and to
develop listening and transcription skills.
12
60
240
300
To introduce SLTs in training to the classifications, types, nature and causes of developmental
and acquired communication and swallowing impairments.
6
30
120
150
60
1500
50
Practice Education 2
Research Methodology 2
2. Human Sciences
18
Neuroanatomy
Neurophysiology
Psychology 2
(Health
and
Psychology)
3.
Communication &
Swallowing Sciences
18
Linguistics 2
Communication
Impairments 2
Totals
60
Social
To orientate students to the professional role of a speech and language therapist. This
module will introduce SLTs in training to clinical settings and facilitate their active
participation in the speech and language therapy process. SLTs in training will be
facilitated to link theory to practice in clinical setting and will begin to work with clients
with relatively straight forward communication impairments.
To build on the learning about research methodology from year one. The aim of this
module is to develop the student’s knowledge of research to enable them to design their
own research project by posing feasible research questions and setting hypotheses. The
module introduces students to research methods as a set of multiple systematic strategies
derived from both the quantitative and qualitative paradigms. SLTs in training will also
begin to critically appraise published research.
To facilitate understanding of the neuroanatomical functions of the body and how
components of the central nervous system work together. Through neuroscience tutorials
and cases, SLTs in training will learn about the role of neuroanatomical functions in
communication and swallowing impairments.
To facilitate understanding of the neurophysiological functions of the body and how
components of the central nervous system work together. Through neuroscience tutorials,
SLTs in training will learn about the relevance of neurophysiological functions in
communication and swallowing impairments.
To introduce students to health psychology, including its theoretical models, evidence
base and applications to SLT.
To introduce SLTs in training to social psychology by conceptualizing and examining
important social phenomena related to SLT practice.
To build on knowledge and skills gained from Linguistics 1 and to focus specifically on
the morphological, syntactic, semantic and pragmatic analyses of clinical data. This
module aims to develop SLT’s in training linguistic analytical skills which they will use
in clinical practice.
To introduce SLTs in training to the core clinical information such as specific aspects of
assessment diagnostic features, assessment and treatment of relatively straight-forward
cases, with emphasis on the child and family and targeted service provision.
Total
Hours
Aims of the Module
To build on the learning of key knowledge, skills and attitudes underpinning speech and
language therapy practice from year one. The aim of this module is that students will
learn about personal and professional practice and key knowledge and skills for the
identification and management of clients with relatively straight forward communication
impairments. Students will integrate knowledge, skills and experiences from Strands 2
and 3 ‘off-line’ through provided cases with guidance and discuss potential impact of
communication impairments on quality of life across the lifespan. The service model that
will be emphasized is targeted services.
Selfdirected
&
Assessme
nt Hours
Modules within the
Strand
Professional Studies 2
Contact
Hours
Credits for
Strand
24
Credits
for
Modules
Strands in
Year 2
1. Developing Clinician
12
60
240
300
6
12
138
150
6
16
134
150
6
24
126
150
6
24
126
150
6
30
120
150
6
30
120
150
12
60
240
300
60
256
1244
1500
51
Practice Education 3
Research Methodology 3
Total
Hours
Aims of the Module
To build on the learning of key knowledge, skills and attitudes underpinning speech
and language therapy practice from years 1, and 2. SLTs in training will learn about
personal and professional practice and key knowledge and skills for the identification
and management of clients with complex communication and swallowing
impairments. SLTs in training will integrate knowledge, skills and experiences from
Strands 2 and 3. Students will discuss the impact of communication impairments on
quality of life across the lifespan. The service model that will be emphasized is
specialist services.
To prepare the SLT in training for increasingly independent work in clinical
contexts. SLTs in training will have clinical placements where they will apply theory
to practice in the management of complex cases.
To broaden knowledge about research methodology by enabling SLTs in training to
understand and critically appraise existing research.
To introduce students to cognitive neuropsychology and build on their knowledge
from previous modules in cognitive psychology and neuroscience. This module
reviews the ways in which neuropsychological data has been used in models and
ideas about the nature of brain processes and systems involved in core cognitive (and
related) processes including: perception, memory, language and attention.
Selfdirected &
Assessmen
t Hours
Modules within the
Strand
Professional Studies 3
Contact
Hours
Credits for
Strand
36
Credits for
Modules
Strands in
Year 3
1. Developing Clinician
18
75
300
375
12
12
288
300
6
16
134
150
6
22
203
225
2. Human Sciences
6
Psychology 3 (Cognitive
Neuropsychology)
3.
Communication &
Swallowing Sciences
18
Linguistics 3
To equip SLTs in training with core knowledge and skills in the areas of theories of
bilingualism, narrative analysis and discourse analysis underpinning speech and
language therapy practice. This module will also introduce SLTs in training to a
variety of instrumental techniques applied in experimental phonetics and speech and
language therapy clinical practice with an emphasis on basic skills in use of
instrumentation in speech and voice analysis.
6
30
120
150
Communication
&
Swallowing Impairments
3
To develop knowledge of the specific aspects of assessment, diagnostic features,
assessment and treatment of complex cases, with emphasis on the wider sociocultural context and specialist service provision. SLTs in training will be introduced
to eating, drinking and swallowing impairments.
12
60
240
300
60
215
1285
1500
Totals
52
Aims of the Module
To further develop personal and professional practice and key knowledge and skills for
the identification and management of all clients with communication and swallowing
impairments. There will also be an emphasis on organizational structures, service
planning and quality systems.
Practice Education 4
To facilitate SLTs in training to consolidate their clinical skills, integrate theory and
practice, and apply knowledge and resources to new clinical situations. It will prepare
them to enter the workforce and smooth the transition from SLTs in training to
professionals in practice.
To conduct a semi-independent piece of research under the supervision of a member of
staff. To demonstrate ability to disseminate the research findings.
Research Methodology 4
Totals
60
Total Hours
Self-directed
&
Assessment Hours
for
Modules within the Strand
Professional Studies 4
Contact Hours
for
Credits
Strand
60
Credits
Modules
Strands in
Year 4
1.
Developing
Clinician
24
70
530
600
18
12
438
450
18
20
430
450
60
102
1398
1500
53
BACHELOR OF
WWW.NFQ.IE )
ARTS-
SOCIAL
CARE(NFQ
LEVEL
8
REF
This programme leads to the award of Bachelor of Arts – Social Care.
PROGRAMME STRUCUTRE.
The Bachelor of Arts (Social Care) provides teaching of theoretical concepts
applied to social care practice. It was developed in response to the continuing
educational needs of social care workers in the context of the
professionalisation of social care work.
Year 1 of the programme is offered in various centres around the country
supported by local tutors. The centres are Galway, Portarlington and Carlow.
The first year provides a general introduction to the field of health studies
through three course components: course modules, a seminar and work
placement. Students receive interactive materials for home study and attend a
workshop for each module. Students also attend one weekend seminar in NUI
Galway and complete a supervised work placement in a social care setting in
which they do not have experience. Students who successfully complete these
course components may leave the programme at the end of this first year and be
awarded the Certificate in Social Care.
Entry to the second year of the BA is open to those who have completed the
first year, obtaining an average mark of or in excess of 60%. As with the first
year the course is provided through interactive distance education materials for
home study with local workshops, a seminar and work placement. The second
year is offered through various centres with local tutor support. This second
year provides students with further skills as well as introducing the theoretical
ideas that underpin social care work and service provision. Students may leave
the programme on the successful completion of year 2 and graduate with a
Diploma in Arts (Social Care).
Students who successfully complete year 2 of the programme can continue to
year 3 of the BA in Social Care. This year builds on years 1 and 2 with further
theoretical exploration of social care work and service provision through
interactive distance education materials and workshops. The core competencies
required for working in the social care field will be examined and linked to their
application in a workplace setting. This year is offered at NUI Galway only with
full day workshops on 1 in 2 to 1 in 3 Saturdays from September to May.
Similarly the final year is offered at NUI Galway only with full day workshops
on 1 in 2 to 1 in 3 Saturdays through the year. This final year of the BA in
Social Care provides a selection of optional modules focused on working with
specific population groups; children and youth, people with disabilities and
older people. In addition a dissertation on a particular area of social care work
will be undertaken supported by a named individual supervisor.
54
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Y ear One: Certificate in Social Care
Module
Redefining Health and Well Being
Seminar 1
Basic Care Skills
Health Services and Policy Context
Workplacement 1
Introduction to Information Technology for Social Care
Practice
Introduction to the Legal and Ethical Context of Social Care
ECTS
5
5
5
5
10
5
10
Year Two: Diploma in Arts (Social Care)
Module
Skills in Practice for Social Care
Seminar 2
Psychology for Social Care Workers
Sociology for Social Care Workers
Work placement 2
Introduction to Social Research Skills
Independent Research Project 1
ECTS
5
5
5
5
10
5
10
Year 3: Bachelor of Arts Social Care
Module
Health and Social Care Services
Equality and Diversity
Social Care Theory and Practice 1
Research Methodology in the Social Sciences
Work placement 3
ECTS
5
10
10
10
10
Year 4: Bachelor of Arts Social Care
Module
Social Care Theory and Practice 2
Promoting Health in Social Care
*Working with Older People
*Working with People with Disabilities
*Working with Children/Young People
Research Project 2
ECTS
10
10
10
10
10
15
* Optional Modules
55
ASSESSMENT AND REGULATIONS
Assessment of course modules, seminars and work placements is based on a
combination of written assignments, practical work, project work and
examinations in each year of the programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
No formal academic qualifications are required, but social care work experience
is essential and candidates will be expected to have good reading and writing
skills as independent home study is key element of the programme. Candidates
under 21 years should meet the University’s minimum matriculation entry
requirements.
56
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
General regulations for the Degrees of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O.(NFQ Level 8 Ref;
www.nfq.ie)
EXPLANATORY NOTES
1. The Programme of the Medical School at NUI Galway is a highly integrated
modular five year programme with a requirement for a Foundation Year for some
students.
2. In the Session 2011-12 the University will consider applications for up to four
places on the ACCESS programme.
3. All Applications are processed through the Central Applications Office. (CAO)
REGULATIONS
I. Entry to the Medical School is limited and is at present based competitively on
the results of School-Leaving Examinations and the HPAT aptitude test. Standards
as deemed equivalent from time to time are applied to International Students
presenting alternative qualifications. Students must also satisfy the Garda
Vetting and Medical Clearance requirements.
II. Students for admission to the First Medical Year must have successfully
completed the Foundation Year for Medical School OR - subject to attainments at
Biology, Chemistry and Physics in Leaving Certificate or its equivalent students may be deemed to have met the requirements for direct admission
to the First Medical Year
III. Before Registration as a medical student every applicant must furnish evidence
(a) that he/she has passed a recognised Examination in General Education (the
Examination in General Education required by the National University of Ireland is
Matriculation according to the requirements of the College of Medicine,
Nursing and Health Sciences, or an Examination accepted by the University in lieu
thereof, normally the Irish Leaving Certificate or its recognised equivalent);
(b) that he/she has EITHER passed the Foundation Year for Medical School. (To
fulfil this requirement, programmes in Biology, Chemistry and Physics are
given in the National University of Ireland, Galway, in the Foundation Year
for Medical School) OR has satisfied the requirements for direct admission to
the First Medical Year.
IV. Registration is carried out by the University. Students must be registered as
Medical Students not later than fifteen days after the commencement of those
Programmes for which Certificates of attendance will be required of them (First
Medical Programmes).
V. To obtain the degrees of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O., Medical Students must pursue
57
programmes of Study extending over a period of not less than five Academic Years
and must pass the various Examinations prescribed in the Regulations.
(a) The Examinations are as follows:
(1) The Foundation Year in Medicine (where the student is commencing
their medical studies in this year)
(2) The First University Examination in Medicine.
(3) The Second University Examinations in Medicine.
(4) The Third University Examination in Medicine.
(5) The Fourth University Examination in Medicine.
(6) The M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Degree Examinations.
VI. For the student who commences their medical studies in the Foundation Year
this Examination must be passed before a student can proceed to the First Year
Medical Programme.
(a) The Foundation Year Examination must be passed within two years from
the date of entry. The Foundation year examination will be held during the
Summer Examination Period with repeats, if necessary, held in the Autumn
Examination Period.
VII. The First University Examination in Medicine must be passed before a
student can proceed to the Second Year Medical Programme.
(a) The First University Examination in Medicine must be passed within two
years from the date of entry or of passing the Foundation Year for Medical
School.
(b) The First Medical University Examination will consist of the examination
of the learning from each of the Introductory modules, systems-based and Medical
professionalism modules in the programme.
(c) The First University Examination, will comprise examinations on Semester
1 modules in the Winter Examination Session and examinations on the
Semester 2 modules in the Summer Examination Session. Repeat examinations,
for both.
(d) Semester 1 and Semester 2 modules, if necessary will be held, during the
Autumn Examination Sessions.
VIII. The Second University Examination in Medicine must be passed before a
student can proceed to the Third Year Medical Programme.
(a) The Second University Examination in Medicine must be passed within
three years from the date of entry or of passing the Foundation Year
Medical Programme.
(b) The Second Medical University Examination will consist of the examination
of the learning from each of the systems-based and Medical professionalism
modules in the programme.
(c) The Second University Examination will comprise examinations on Semester 1
modules in the Winter Examination Session and examinations on the Semester
2 modules in the Summer Examination Session. Repeat examinations, for both
58
Semester 1 and Semester 2 modules, if necessary will be held, during the Autumn
Examination Sessions.
IX. The Third Medical University Examinations must be passed before a
student can proceed to the Fourth Medical Year.
(a) The Third Medical University Examinations must be passed within four
years of entry or of passing the Foundation Medical Examination.
X. The Fourth Medical University Examinations must be passed before a
student can proceed to the Final Medical Year.
(a) The Fourth Medical University Examinations must be passed within Five
years of entry or of passing the Foundation Medical Examination.
XI. The Final Medical University Examinations must be passed within six years of
entry or of passing the Foundation Medical Examination.
XII (a) The Award of the M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Degree will require successful
completion of all years of the Medical Undergraduate Programme as set out in
Rules VI, to XI (inclusive) above.
Note: The operation of these regulations will invoke a time-limit on completing the
programme; - a student who fails a year-of-programme for the second time may
not continue and must withdraw from the Medical Programme. Similarly a student
who fails to complete two separate years-of-programme within the academic years
allowed for each may not continue and must withdraw from the Medical
Programme.
(a) The calculation of the overall degree results awarded, including the
calculation of Honours (if any), will be based on the proportion of the overall
marks attained across the years of the programme as follows:
i. For candidates who entered the First year of the Medical programme in the
Sessions 2006-07 and 2007-08, whether into the Foundation Programme or
the First Medical year. the degree result is calculated on the final three (3)
years; based on 20% of the result attained in the Third Medical
Examination, 40% of the result attained in the Fourth Medical Examination
and 40% of the result attained in the Final Medical Examination.
ii.
For candidates who enter the Medical Programme in the
Session 2009-10 and following, whether into the Foundation Programme
or the First Medical year, the degree result is calculated on the full five (5)
years; based on 10% of the result attained in the First Medical
Examination, 10% of the result attained in the Second Medical
Examination 20% of the result attained in the Third Medical Examination,
30% of the result attained in the Fourth Medical Examination and 30% of
the result attained in the Final Medical Examination.
XIII. Repeating the year-of-programme is required from any student whose
attendance is considered to have been unsatisfactory, or who has failed
individual modules of the programme at the second (Autumn repeat) sitting.
Independent of the score achieved, passing a module in a repeat session, will
automatically result in a mark of 50% for that module. Honours will not be
59
awarded in a repeat examination.
a. Satisfactory attendance is generally regarded as attendance and participation in
not less than 70% of the Compulsory components of the programme. All such
components are appropriately notified in the course information material
provided to students. Attendance at not less than 70% of these components is a
pre-requisite for taking the assessments and examinations of the relevant
semester and /or year-of-programme. Students deemed to have unsatisfactory
attendance will be excluded from the examinations of that programme
component, or of the module(s) in which these components occur, and in the
event that examinations are taken, any results will be rendered null. The
provisions of this requirement may only be varied by the approval of the Student
Affairs Committee and agreed by the Head of the Medical School where
exceptional circumstances beyond the control of the student are clearly
demonstrated to their satisfaction.
XIV.
A student who does not successfully pass any year of the Medical
programme within the provisions set out in Rules VI to XI and Rule XIII above, is
required to register for the repeat year and, to re-attend as set out above, and
complete all continuous assessments, other coursework and examinations in each
failed module. This requirement may be varied in exceptional circumstances on the
recommendation of the Student Affairs Committee, and agreed by the Head of the
Medical School.
XV.
Special Provisions may be applied in individual cases at the discretion of
the Medical School as follows:
(a) Exemptions from specific modules can be granted in 1MB3 and 2MB3 on
the basis of previous academic achievement and at the discretion of the
corresponding Module Leader. Request must be made to the Module Leader (by
September 30th) who will forward it to the Student Affairs Committee. In the
case of exemptions, the mark of the exempted module(s) will be returned at
50% and may therefore limit the potential of the student to maximise their
year’s result.
(b) Deferral of examinations is considered only in certain circumstances such
as bereavement, personal or medical circumstances, which can be professionally
or independently verified. Request should be made to the appropriate Module
Leader or to the Year Co-ordinator who will forward it to the Student Affair
Committee. Deferral normally applies only between the period of the
scheduled first-sitting and the first opportunity for a resit – nomally the
Autumn. Deferral extending into the following academic year falls within the
terms of Leave of Absence described below. In foreseen circumstances (e.g.
pregnancy) requests should be made at least 3 months in advance.. Deferring
the first-sitting of examinations will not incur any mark penalties. Students who
defer will sit examinations in the Autumn and this will be deemed to be their
first-sitting and will fall outside also of the general time-limit referred in Par.
XII above.
60
(c) Leave of Absence involving the withdrawal of the student from their
studies for a period of time and consequently the loss of opportunity to sit
examinations also, is considered on similar grounds as the deferral of
examinations set out in the paragraph above. Students must apply for leave in
the same manner also. Where leave extends for a significant period, there is a
limit on the period for which results of examinations successfully passed may
be retained. In any year-of-programme which remains incomplete at the time
that leave commences, the results in any such modules is valid for a maximum
period of 2 years (Students should refer also the the time-limit noted in Par. XII
above
(d) Compensation
Where a student has a failing mark in one or more
modules not exceeding a maximum of 6 credits in combination but has attained
45% or more, this component may be deemed to be passed by
compensation where the student has a surplus of marks across the remaining
modules of not less than double the deficit in the module(s) which have
been failed.
XVI.
Medical Graduates, in addition to holding the Degrees of M.B., B.Ch.,
B.A.O. must be registered as Medical Practitioners in the appropriate Medical Register.
All graduates who wish to practice must register provisionally with the Medical
Council. Graduates who wish to practice in Ireland (excluding Northern Ireland)
must, after completing one year’s internship in an approved hospital, be fully
registered with the Medical Council. Those who wish to practice in Great Britain
and Northern Ireland must be fully registered with the General Medical Council.
Graduates may, if they so wish, be fully registered in both Registers. The attention
of Medical Graduates is directed to the following Extract from Medical
Practitioners’ Act, 1978: “A Certificate of Experience shall not be granted to any
person unless, after he had been awarded a primary qualification, that person
had been engaged in employment in a residential medical capacity in one or more
hospitals approved by the Council for this purpose and had been so engaged for such
period or periods as may be determined by the Council.”
In accordance with Regulation of Medical Council the period for which a person
shall have been engaged as an Intern shall be a period of 12 months.
Sources from which information may be obtained:
Registrar, Medical Council, Portobello Court, Lower Rathmines Road, Dublin 6.
Registrar, General Medical Council, 44, Hallam St., London WIN 6AE.
Royal College of Physicians of Ireland and Royal College of Surgeons in Ireland
(L.R.C.P. and S.I.)
The Secretary, Royal College of Surgeons, St. Stephen’s Green, Dublin 2.
Royal College of Physicians of London, 11 St. Andrew’s Place, Regent’s Park,
London.
Royal College of Surgeons of England, 35-43 Lincoln’s Inn Field, London.
Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Edinburgh, and Royal Faculty of
Physicians and Surgeons of Glasgow.
61
XVII. Applications for admission to the MB programme in NUI Galway from
students who are in attendance at, or have previously attended, all or part of a
Medical degree programme in another institution are considered only from those
who have successfully completed the prescribed examination requirements of the
year of the programme last taken by them, or being taken in the year in which
application for transfer is being made, in the institution from which they are
seeking to transfer. In the case of applicants who did not successfully complete
those examination requirements, an application may be considered if a reasonable
interval (normally not less than three years) has elapsed and if the applicant through
her/his intervening experience and/or otherwise indicated better preparedness to
now successfully undertake University studies. All such applicants must satisfy the
normal entry requirements and standards of the programme to which they are
seeking admission.
62
DEGREES OF M.B.,B.Ch.,B.A.O.
Refer to General regulations for the Degrees of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O.(NFQ
Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
The following Section provides an outline of the individual years-of-programme of
the medical degree programme and the rules which are applied. The curricular
detail is provided in the further section entitled [SYLLABUS OF PROGRAMMES
OF INSTRUCTION FOR THE DEGREES OF M.B., B.CH., B.A.O.]
FOUNDATION MEDICAL YEAR
The Programmes of instruction to be attended are:
1. Experimental Physics - Lectures and Practicals over two
Semesters (15 Credits).
2. Chemistry - Lectures over two Semesters and practicals over one
Semester (15 Credits)
3. Biology – Lectures and practicals over two Semesters (15 Credits).
4. Introduction to Medicine – Lectures and practicals over two Semesters. (15
Credits)
Candidates for admission to the Foundation Year Examination must have attended
the prescribed programmes of instruction as set forth in the Syllabus of
Programmes. The subjects for Examination are:
Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Introduction to Medicine
The Examinations will be held during the Summer Examination Session, with the
exception of the Early Patient Contact component which will be examined at the
end of Semester I. The result of the Examination will be determined by the
standard in each subject and compensation between courses is not permitted. There
will be a repeat examination if necessary, during the Autumn Examination Session.
Honours will not be awarded unless the Examination is passed as a whole.
Students required to take the Foundation Year cannot be registered for the five
years Integrated Medical Programme until they have passed the Foundation Year
Medical Examination.
FIRST MEDICAL YEAR
In the first Semester of the First Medical Year programme 80% of the programme
will be devoted to 4 modules (6 credits per module) providing discipline specific
introductory material relating to Anatomy, Physiology, Biochemistry and
Pharmacology. In the second Semester of the First Medical Programme 80% of
the programmes will be devoted to 5 integrated modules that are systems-based.
These are the Cardiovascular system (6 credits), the Respiratory System (6 credits),
the Gastrointestinal System (6 credits) the Renal system (3 credits) and Nutrition (3
credits). In both semesters 1 and 2, 20% of the programme will be devoted to
modules related to professionalism (6 credits in each semester).
The Examinations of the First Medical Year:
For all modules 40% of the marks will be awarded on the basis of continuous
assessments performed during the Semester. Where a student has a failing mark in
63
one or more modules not exceeding a maximum of 6 credits in combination but has
attained 45% or more, this component may be deemed to be passed by
compensation where the student has a surplus of marks across the remaining
modules of not less than double the deficit in the module(s) which have been
failed.
Detailed information on compulsory attendance of practical sessions and objects of
assessments for each module will be given at the beginning of each course.
There will be an examination on the content of each module taught in the first
Semester in the Winter Examination Session. Where appropriate examinations of
two or more modules may be examined in a single examination sitting. There will
be an examination of the content of each module taught in the second Semester in
the Summer Examination Session. If necessary repeat examinations for Semester 1
and 2 will be taken in the Autumn.
Candidates for admission to the First Medical University Examination must have
attended at least 70% of the teaching sessions in the prescribed Programmes of
Instruction as set forth in the Syllabus of Programmes.
A student who fails to complete the Examination in Autumn will be required to
repeat the year.
SECOND MEDICAL YEAR
In the first Semester of the Second Medical Year programme 80% of the
programme will be devoted to 6 integrated modules that are systems based. These
are the Endocrine System, Growth Factors and Signalling Molecules (6 credits),
Central Nervous System (9 credits), Reproduction and Development (3 credits)
Genetics (3 credits) Molecular Medicine (3 credits). In the second Semester of the
Second Medical Programme 80% of the programme will be devoted to 3 integrated
modules that are systems based. These are Health and Disease (12 credits), Drugs
and Disease (6 credits) and Organ Failure (6 credits). In both semesters 1 and 2,
20% of the programme will be devoted to modules related professionalism (6
credits in each semester).
Detailed information on compulsory attendance of practical sessions and objects of
assessments for each module will be given at the beginning of each course.
Candidates for admission to the Second Medical University Examination must
have attended at least 70% of the teaching sessions in the prescribed Programmes
of Instruction as set forth in the Syllabus of Programmes.
The Examinations of the Second Medical Year:
For all modules 40% of the marks will be awarded on the basis of continuous
assessments performed during the Semester. Where a student has a failing mark in
one or more modules not exceeding a maximum of 6 credits in combination but has
attained 45% or more, this component may be deemed to be passed by
compensation where the student has a surplus of marks across the remaining
modules of not less than double the deficit in the module(s) which have been
failed.
64
There will be an examination on the content of each module taught in the first
Semester in the Winter Examination Session. Where appropriate examinations of
two or more modules may be examined in a single examination sitting. There will
be an examination of the content of each module taught in the second Semester in
the Summer Examination Session. If necessary repeat examinations for Semester 1
and 2 will be taken in the Autumn.
A student who fails to complete the Examination in Autumn will be required to
repeat the year.
THIRD MEDICAL YEAR
In the first Semester of the Third Medical Year programme the student will take
modules in Health and Disease (15 credits), Global Health and Disease (3 Credits)
Forensic Medicine (3 Credits) and Clinical Skills and Professionalism (9 Credits).
These modules will be assessed at the end of the first semester. In the second
semester the student will take 5 six credit modules, which together comprise
Foundations of Clinical Practice. These modules will be assessed in an integrated
manner at the end of Semester 2. The modules studies are : Cardiovascular Studies
(6 credits); Gastrointestinal Studies (6 credits); Respiratory Perioperative and
Critical care medicine (6 credits); Care of the elderly (6 Credits); and Acute
Hospital Care (6 credits). Each module is delivered in 4 week rotating blocks over
the course of Semester 3.2, at both the Galway University Hospitals and the
Affiliated Hospitals (Sligo and Letterkenny). The teaching of Professionalism is
incorporated into each module. This module will be assessed at the end of
Semester 2. Repeat examinations for both Semesters will if necessary be taken in
August.
Candidates for admission to the Third Medical University Examination must have
attended at least 70% of the teaching sessions in the prescribed Programmes of
Instruction as set forth in the Syllabus of Programmes and must have completed at
least 70% of the stipulated course work as laid down in the module logbooks..
The Examinations of the Third Medical Year:
For all modules up to 20% of the marks will be awarded on the basis of continuous
assessments performed during the Semester. There will be an examination on the
content of each module taught in the first Semester in the Winter Examination
Session. Where appropriate examinations of two or more modules may be
examined in a single examination sitting. There will be an examination of the
content of the five modules taught in the second Semester in the Summer
Examination Session. Where appropriate examinations of two or more individual
strands within this module may be examined in a single examination sitting.
If necessary repeat examinations for Semester 1 and 2 will be taken in the Autumn.
A student who fails to complete the Examination in Autumn will be required to
repeat the year.
65
FOURTH MEDICAL YEAR
Programme Structure and Delivery Approach
The year 4 programme will consist of modules in Obstetrics and Gynaecology,
Paediatrics, Psychiatry, General Practice, Otorhinolaryngology and a Special Study
Option (SSO/SSM). The latter of these is a core component of professionalism
training and will take place in a 4 week block at the end of semester 2. Other
aspects of professionalism training including clinical methods, ethics,
understanding health and illness will be threaded throughout the specialist modules
and delivered by the respective specialist disciplines. The other modules will be
divided into 2 parts, one of which will be delivered in semester 1 and one of which
will be delivered in semester 2. Teaching methods in each discipline will include
lectures, small groups teaching, case studies and clinical attachments at UHG and at
regional affiliated clinical services. A proportion of the students will complete all
of semester 1 in either the Sligo or Letterkenny Medical Academy and another
proportion of the class will complete all of semester 2 in either the Sligo or
Letterkenny Medical Academy. Continuous assessment is included in each
discipline with an end of year examination in May. Repeat examinations,
where necessary, are held in August .
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY (14 credits)
This course will encompass the theory and clinical practice of the subject. Thus it
will include the physiology and clinical feature of normal pregnancy and the
clinical problems that may arise during pregnancy. It will also include the
epidemiology of disease during pregnancy and statistics pertaining to birth. The
study of normal physiological reproductive function and disease of the reproductive
tract will be covered by gynaecology. Assessment will be partly by continuous
assessment (40%) with a final assessment that will account for 60%. Teaching will
be delivered through lectures, video teaching, small group learning, tutorials, case
presentations and self directed learning.
PAEDIATRICS (14 credits)
This module will be delivered in two four week blocks, the first delivered in
semester one, the second in semester 2. In block 1 students will be introduced to
the principles of paediatrics, essential paediatric skills and a child-centred approach
to the assessment of the sick child.
Semester 2 will build on students’ prior paediatric knowledge, skills and attitudes
acquired in semester 1. Additional focus will be placed on diagnosis and
management of paediatric presentations. For the Paediatric Module 30% of marks
will be based on Continuous Assessment and 70% on Summative Assessment.
PSYCHIATRY (14 credits)
Students will attain knowledge of and learn the skills required to assess a range of
mental illnesses presenting to adult and child and adolescent mental health services.
They will learn about the biopsychosocial risk factors for these illnesses and their
multidisciplinary management using physical, pharmacological, psychological and
social interventions.
66
Students will develop skills in risk assessment and will be assisted in developing
the communication skills necessary to interact with patients suffering from mental
illness and their relatives. They will be made aware of the varying presentation of
mental disorders in learning disabled patients, later life patients, children, patients
in a general medical setting and be able to adapt their communication skills
accordingly. Students will develop an awareness of the impact of family dynamics
and of psychological defence mechanisms on the development of mental illness and
an understanding of the roles and functioning of multidisciplinary teams in
assessing and managing mental illness. For the Psychiatry Module 30% of marks
will be based on Continuous Assessment and 70% on Summative Assessment.
GENERAL PRACTICE (11 credits)
This module introduces students to the principles and practice of medicine in the
community. The module will run concurrently at NUI Galway and the Sligo
Academy ON completion of this module, the student will be able to:
• list the range of problems seen in General Practice.
• describe the organisation of General Practice in Ireland
• demonstrate an understanding of the importance of physical, psychological and
social factors in making a diagnosis
• explain the importance of health promotion and disease prevention and how it
can be incorporated into General Practice
• effectively communicate with a patient in order to discover the reason for
attendance, explain the diagnosis and discuss a management plan
• formulate a patient management plan
• perform the following clinical skills : venepuncture, glucometer, urinalysis,
breast and rectal examination
• make and explain the diagnosis and basic management of asthma, hypertension
and diabetes
• reflect on his/her own attitudes to different groups of patients
OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY (3 credits)
Students will receive teaching on diseases of the Ear, Nose, Throat Head & Neck
and be competent in:
• Oto Rhino Laryngology (ORL) oriented history taking.
• Safe / Competent clinical examination of the ear nose throat head and neck.
• Interpretation and use of basic clinical tests associated with ORL.
• Clinical assessment of hearing.
• Differential diagnosis of ORL conditions.
• Appropriate investigations to establish a definite diagnosis. Interpreting results.
• Management of common ENT emergencies.
• Understanding the relevance of ORL to other specialities, especially General
Practice & Paediatrics.
• Head and Neck Cancer awareness.
• Knowledge of Complications of ORL diseases.
67
SSM PROGRAMME (4 credits)
The SSM programme is aimed to assist medical students to develop a special
appreciation of various disciplines by studying in depth areas that provide them
with insights into scientific method and the discipline of research and that
engenders an approach to medicine that is constantly questioning and self-critical.
An SSM typically requires small-group learning and a small element of expert
input by teachers to meet the stated aims of the programme. Students will have the
opportunity and support to explore ideas that they find of particular personal
interest, or relevance, to a level that is both demanding and intellectually satisfying.
This component of the course gives the student freedom to explore a subject and
encourages students to respond to a major intellectual challenge. SSMs lend
themselves well to the promotion of interdisciplinary linkages and collaboration
with the wider community. There are also valuable opportunities to integrate
material across the curriculum and to amplify components of the core curriculum.
Year 4 SSMs will be of 4 weeks duration and will involve a substantial portion of
student directed self study time. SSMs will accrue 4 European Credits equivalent
to 100-120 hours of student effort. All SSMs include an assessment strategy that
measures group and individual performances. Group presentations and/or project
reports will provide evidence of group productivity. Individual learning will be
assessed using activity logs and reflective submissions. All SSMs will be assessed
at the end of the 4 week SSM block and in good time for the relevant end of year
board meeting.
FIFTH MEDICAL YEAR / FINAL YEAR (5MB)
In the first Semester of the Final Medical Year programme (Semester 5.1) the
student will take a single 30 credit module Foundations of Advanced Clinical
Practice, it builds on the module ‘Foundations of Clinical Practice’ of the Third
Medical Year (3MB). This module will be assessed at the end of Semester 1.
Within this module there are 4 distinct strands, comprising: Cardiovascular Studies (6
credits); Gastrointestinal Studies (6 credits); Respiratory, Perioperative and Critical
Care Medicine (6 credits); and General Medicine/General Surgery (6 Credits). Each
strand is delivered in 4 week rotating blocks over the course of Semester 5.1, at
both the Galway University Hospitals and the Affiliated Hospitals. The teaching of
Professionalism is incorporated into each strand. This module will be assessed at
the end of Semester 1. Repeat examinations if necessary will be taken in August.
In the second Semester of the Final Medical Year (Semester 5.2) programme the
student will take a further single 30 credit module Specialist in Clinical Practice
which aims to enhance their knowledge of clinical practice in specialist areas and
builds on the Foundations of Clinical Practice 3MB, (Semester 3.2) and Advanced
Clinical Practice (5MB /Semester 5.1). This module will be assessed at the end of
Semester 2. Within this module there are 5 strands, comprising Musculosketal
Studies (5 Credits), Renal/Urology Studies (5 Credits), Neurology/Ophthalmology
Studies (5 Credits), Dermatology/Plastics (5 Credits) and Cancer Studies (5
Credits).
68
This is followed by the final element of the 5MB year; a four week module
Shadowing for Clinical Practice which focuses on skills and procedures necessary
to function as a junior doctor. This module is a Course Requirement; - it is
assessed on a Pass /Fail basis only, carries no grade and will not contribute marks
or ECTS credits towards the overall grade of Honours if any to be awarded,
However any candidate who fails this module will be remain incomplete in their
medical degree and will be unable to pursue Internship.
Candidates for admission to the Final Medical University Examination must have
attended at least 70% of the teaching sessions in the prescribed Programmes of
Instruction as set forth in the Syllabus of Programmes and completed 70% of the
course work as stipulated by the module logbooks.. The Medical School has a
rigorous policy in applying this attendance provision.
The Examinations of the Final Medical Year:
Written Exam at the end of Semester 1 will examine the four strands within the
Foundations of Advanced Clinical Practice module. This exam will represent 20%
of the total year mark. Written Exam (MCQ x 2) at the end of Specialist in Clinical
Practice module in Semester 2 will represent 20% of the total year mark. Clinical
Exams at the end of Semester 2 will represent 60% of the total year mark.
There will be an examination on the content of each strand taught in the first
Semester in the Winter Examination Session. Where appropriate examinations of
two or more modules may be examined in a single examination sitting. There will
be an examination of the content of the entire module taught in the second
Semester in the Summer Examination Session. Where appropriate examinations of
two or more individual strands within this module may be examined in a single
examination sitting.
If necessary repeat examinations for Semester 1 and 2 will be taken in the Autumn.
A student who fails to complete the Examination in Autumn will be required to
repeat the year.
69
SYLLABUS OF PROGRAMMES
DEGREES OF M.B., B.CH., B.A.O.
OF
INSTRUCTION
FOR
THE
FOUNDATION YEAR IN MEDICINE
CHEMISTRY
The Foundation Year Chemistry programme is a dedicated medical programme
designed for students with long-term interests in medicine and biology.
Examples of topics used for teaching basic chemistry principles are:
Solution and dialysis; Buffers, acidosis and alkalosis; Pharmaceuticals; Magnetic
Resonance Imaging, CAT and PET; Metallic complexation, haemoglobin;
Radioactivity; Biological macromolecules; Biochemical thermodynamics.
Some of these will be discussed. The programme provides a fundamental
basis for higher programmes in Biochemistry, Physiology and Pharmacology.
Programme consists of 60 lectures, 20 tutorials and 30 hours Laboratory work per
annum.
PHYSICS
The programme is designed to provide a good understanding of basic concepts in
Physics and supported by numerous examples and applications related to the
medical and health service.
Introduction — Mathematical review, Units and Conversion factors.
General Physics—Motion, gravity and falling bodies, Force, Newton’s Laws,
Vectors (Resolution/addition; not in book) Statics Work, Energy and Power.
Heat—Temperature and Heat, Fluids and Pressure, Archimedes’ Principle,
Poiseuille’ s Law, Medical applications of Pressure and Fluids.
Sound—Elasticity and Waves, Sounds, Loudness and Hearing.
Magnetism and Electricity—Introduction to Electricity and Magnetism, Simple
Electrical Circuits, Electrical Safety.
Optics – Geometric Optics, Vision, [ Electromagnetic Radiation, Introduction to
Modern Physics, Atomic Physics (Spectra, Lasers, X-rays).] Radioactivity—
Radioactivity and Nuclear Physics, Medical Imaging SysteMs
BIOLOGY
The Biology course is designed to introduce students to biological concepts in the
areas of Biochemistry, Botany, Microbiology and Zoology.
INTRODUCTION TO MEDICINE
The Introduction to Medicine course will comprise 2 elements Early Patient
Contact and Contemporary Topics in Medicine.
The Early Patient Contact module is an opportunity for students begin to meet
patients, and learn appropriate skills to deal effectively with both patients and
colleagues.
The Contemporary Topics in Medicine module will provide students with an
opportunity to study key concepts of modern cell biology, evolution and population
biology and their importance in medicine. In addition there will be updates on
70
recent developments at the leading edge of medicine and practical classes in which
students can develop their skills in laboratory practice and analytical thinking.
CLINICAL SKILLS TEACHING
Clinical skills teaching commences in the Foundation Year with a 10-week Early
Patient Contact programme delivered in semester 1 by the School of Medicine with
contributions from other clinical departments. This will comprise the following
components:
1. Foundations of Clinical Practice – A series of 10 lectures on fundamental
aspects of clinical care will provide the knowledge necessary to orientate
students to the clinical environment and to enhance their understanding of
the healthcare system.
2. Understanding Patients – Students are assigned in small groups to acute
hospital wards and primary care practices where they will observe doctorpatient interactions and interview patients. They should develop an
understanding of the biopsychosocial factors that influence a patient’s
clinical presentation and their recovery.
3. Practical Clinical Skills – Students will attend sessions on hand-washing,
vital signs measurement and basic life support in the clinical skills
laboratory.
Assessment will take place in December of semester 1 and will involve a Multiple
Choice Examination (25%), a mini-OSCE examination (30%), submission of case
notes (20%), a group project (20%), and an attendance record (5%). The marks
available will contribute to the Human Biology component of the Foundation Year
examination.
FIRST MEDICAL YEAR
First Semester:
Introduction to Human Anatomy and Musculoskeletal System 6ECTS
Introduction to Biochemistry
6 ECTS
Introduction to Pharmacology
6 ECTS
Introduction to Physiology
6 ECTS
Medical Professionalism 1.1
6 ECTS
Second Semester:
Cardiovascular System
6 ECTS
Respiratory System
6 ECTS
Gastrointestinal System
6 ECTS
Renal System
3 ECTS
Nutrition
3 ECTS
Medical Professionalism 1.2
6 ECTS
71
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN ANATOMY AND THE
MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM
This module introduces students to the gross anatomy of the human and to the
microscopic anatomy of the tissues. The module describes the muscles of the upper
and lower limb and the distribution of blood vessels and nerves to those limbs. The
anatomy of the vertebral column and the skull is also described. The medical and
surgical importance of this knowledge is indicated. Students are also introduced to
the principles of medical imaging.
At the end of the course the student should know:
The basic tissue organization of the body including anatomical
terminology
General organization of bones and joints
General aspects of tissue organisation
Trunk: bones, spino-appendicular musculature with their innervation and
action, course of the major vessels, general organizational plan of the
spinal cord and spinal nerves
Upper & lower limbs: bones, joints and their movements, muscles and their
action and innervation, course of the most relevant arteries, veins and nerves
Clinical relevance of the anatomical knowledge of the musculoskeletal
system, e.g.:
Aspects relative to the position of major veins (venepuncture); the
position of the radial artery (pulse) and brachial artery (blood pressure)
Why the shoulder dislocates easily; the sites of common fractures and the
complications that might follow them
The principles of nerve testing
The axillary lymph nodes and their relevance to the lymphatic drainage of
the breast and metastasis
Complications of femoral neck fractures
Which ligaments give stability to the hip, knee and ankle and how to test
their integrity
The vulnerability of the common peroneal and sciatic nerves
How blood is lifted out of the legs and the consequences of the failure of
this mechanism.
INTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEMISTRY
This module introduces students to the molecular events that correspond to the
phenomenon of life, in health and disease. It is particularly concerned with the
relationships between the structure and function of the various macromolecules of
the body: the proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and the carbohydrates, their building
blocks and their importance to human body function. DNA structure and function
is also described, and the use of recombinant techniques in Medicine is introduced.
The basic principles of intermediary metabolism, its regulation and relationship to
disease are explored.
72
At the end of this module the student should know:
• All life is based on a number of common molecular themes
• Cells are the basic units of all living systems
• The basic features of protein structure and function
• The basic characteristics of enzymes and the nature of catalysis and
especially the active site
• The basic structures of nucleic acids including replication and repair How
information stored in DNA is transcribed into RNA and translated into
proteins
• How gene expression is controlled and an introduction to the use of
recombinant DNA techniques in medicine
• The fluid mosaic model of membrane structure and the basic functions of
cellular membranes
• Importance of carbohydrates in the cell
• The production and utilization of energy and the roles of ATP
• How to assess the metabolic significance of glycolysis, TCA cycle,
oxidative phosphorylation, electron transport, pentose phosphate pathway,
gluconeogenesis and glycogen breakdown
• Lipid synthesis and oxidation of fatty acids and ketone bodies Strategies
for metabolic control as applied to carbohydrate and fat metabolism
INTRODUCTION TO PHARMACOLOGY
This module provides an introduction to the Principles of Pharmacology, and
serves as a foundation to aid the understanding of the drug treatment of disease.
At the end of this module the student should be familiar with:
• The general mechanisms of action of drugs at a molecular, cellular, tissue and
organ level.
• The ways in which these actions produce therapeutic and adverse effects. The
receptor as a target of drug action and related concepts such as agonism,
antagonism, partial agonism and selectivity.
• The mechanisms of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and
excretion, and the concepts of volume of distribution, clearance and half-life
and their clinical relevance.
• How pharmacokinetic factors determine the optimal route, dose and
frequency of drug administration.
• The factors that determine inter-individual variation in drug response, e.g.
pharmacokinetic handling of drugs, pharmacogenetic and pharmaceutical
variation.
• The effects of drugs on the gastrointestinal and respiratory systems The
problems associated with drugs such as the development of dependence
and tolerance to drugs, adverse drug reactions, poisoning and the principles
of counteracting the effects of toxic substances after ingestion.
• The drug development process including clinical trials (Phase I to IV). The
drug approval process and major regulatory authorities
73
The requirements of good clinical trial design and consent, ethics, bias,
statistics, dissemination of information
INTRODUCTION TO PHYSIOLOGY
This module functions as an introduction to physiology and human body function.
It provides a brief overall introduction to the various body systems such as the
cardiovascular system, the respiratory system, etc. It also provides an elementary
account of body fluids, nerve and muscle function, the autonomic nervous system,
blood cells and immunity.
At the end of this module the student should have a knowledge and understanding
of:
• the basic design of the organ systems of the body
• the fluid compartments of the body, the composition of the different fluids and
their properties including osmolarity and pH and their clinical significance
•
the mechanisms whereby substances are transported in and out of cells and its
relevance to absorption in the gut and the kidney.
•
the fundamentals of body pH regulation and it clinical significance
•
nerve function including conduction, and synaptic and neuromuscular junction
transmission
•
the mechanism and control of skeletal and smooth muscle contraction
• blood composition and function including both cells and plasma; this should
include formation of blood cells, hemoglobin, blood groups, blood clotting,
blood indices and blood disorders
• the fundamentals of immunity, including structure and function of the white
blood cells and both cellular and humoral immunity
• the fundamentals of the autonomic nervous system and its importance.
PROFESSIONALISM 1.1
Medical education is not only a technical training; it is also a process of gradual
induction to professional medical practice.
The new NUI Galway curriculum takes a very deliberate approach to the
development of future doctors. The 12 learning outcomes of the new curriculum
include 5 learning outcomes that relate directly to the development of the new
medical professional. The new curriculum therefore includes a new
“professionalism” course that will occupy 20% of curricular time in all of the
Semesters of all 5 years. It will constitute a vertical theme in the new systems
based course incorporating several different knowledge skills and attitude sets.
The teaching and learning experiences for students will integrate the expertise and
interest of several disciplines, Law, Ethics, Health & Illness and Medical
Informatics/Statistics. In particular the strand aims to support the
achievement of the following curricular outcomes:
74
The NUI Galway Medical Graduate:
• Should be able to demonstrate communication skills in all areas and in all
relevant media because good communication underpins all aspects of the
practice of medicine.
• Should demonstrate an awareness of how medical knowledge is created
shaped shared and applied. As well as having the relevant technical skills to
find appraise and synthesise information it is important that graduates
understand the role of health informatics in the day-to-day care of patients.
• Should have an awareness of conventional professional attitudes and demonstrate
professional behaviours, commensurate with the standards set out by the
medical council for professional practice in medicine.
• Should be familiar with the role of a doctor within the Irish Health Service as
well as being aware of the structure of different health services.
• Should be familiar with the importance of personal development and be aware
that this is a life long process. It is influenced by the personality of the
individual and his/her life experiences, in addition to experiences related to
their training.
From the learning outcomes outlined above the following educational strands have
been developed:
• Communication and interview skills. This strand will develop the students
ability to communicate effectively with patients whilst also learning how to
carry out an accurate medical interview.
• Ethics, medical law, jurisprudence and human rights. This strand will introduce
students to important concepts in medical ethics law and human rights. The
purpose of the strand is to support informed and ethical practice after
qualification
• Understanding health and illness. This strand has been designed to
introduce students to organisational, psychological and social aspects of health,
well-being and illness and to help them to understand the concept of
professional roles
• Health informatics. This strand is designed to build students IT and
information management skills. In particular students will become capable
of evidence based medicine/ practice.
At the end of this module the student should be able to:
• to work in groups and contribute to various roles set out for effective group
work
• to use all e-resources of information provided through the J. Hardiman Library
• to use Cite While You Write in Endnote and appropriate text editing software
• to discuss content and objectives of all contributing partners in Professionalism
as outlined in the course booklet provided through the Electronic Learning
Environment Blackboard
• to produce a scientific report interpreting the latest evidence and statistics
published
75
SEMESTER II
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM
This module covers the anatomy, physiology and biochemistry of the
cardiovascular system with clinical applications in an integrated fashion. The
anatomy of the heart and blood vessel distribution is covered, as is the microscopic
anatomy of the blood vessels. The genesis of the electrical activity of the heart and
the formation of the electrocardiogram is described as is the function of the heart as
a pump. The control of arterial blood pressure is described as is the control of the
various regional circulations. This module will incorporate a clinical seminar
session at the end of the module (one day’s duration). It is also envisaged that some
clinical lectures will be interspersed throughout the module.
At the end of this module the student should know:
• and be able to demonstrate the position and function of the heart valves. the
positions for auscultation of the valves and the positions for placing the
chest leads for the ECG.
• the Anatomy of the heart and of anatomically and functionally related
structures, including why the coronary arteries are important to the
functional microanatomy of the heart
• General plan of distribution of arteries, veins, lymphatics
• about cardiac cell action potentials and how they give rise to the
rhythmical excitation of the heart.
• how the spread of cardiac action potentials throughout the heart gives rise to
the electrocardiogram (ECG).
• the clinical significance of the ECG
• the cardiac cycle and the working of the heart as pump
• the function and roles of the different parts of the systemic circulation
(arteries, arterioles, capillaries and veins).
• arterial blood pressure, its clinical significance, how to measure it and its
mechanisms of control and the targets for drug intervention.
• the control of the various regional circulations
• be able to discuss the anatomy and pathophysiology related to
cardiovascular disease.
THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
This module covers the anatomy and physiology of the respiratory system with
clinical applications in an integrated fashion. The anatomy of the respiratory
system and associated structures is covered. The ventilation of the lungs with air,
diffusion of gases in the lungs, the perfusion of the lungs with blood, and gas
exchange in the lungs are then described. Gas transport in the blood and gas
exchange in the tissues are covered. The regulation of respiratory ventilation is
described. Students are introduced to medical imaging of the respiratory system.
This module will incorporate a clinical seminar session at the end of the module
(one day’s duration). It is also envisaged that some clinical lectures will be
interspersed throughout the module
76
At the end of this module the student should:
• Know the general plan of the functional Anatomy of the respiratory system
• Know and be able to demonstrate the positions of the pleurae and lungs and
of structures anatomically and functionally related to them.
• Know the anatomy of the intercostals spaces and the diaphragm and the
functional anatomy of ventilation.
• Have sufficient anatomical knowledge to undertake an examination of the lungs
including the interpretation of routine radiographs and MRI scans. Have an
understanding of the role of the respiratory system in the control of blood
gases and pH, including how normal levels are maintained and the causes and
consequences of disturbances.
• Know the factors that govern alveolar ventilation in health and disease.
Understand the peripheral and central mechanisms involved in controlling
respiration.
• Be able to discuss the anatomy and pathophysiology related to respiratory
disease.
THE GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEM
This module covers the structure and function of the gastrointestinal system with
clinical applications in an integrated fashion. The embryological development of
the gut is described. The general organisation of the GIT is covered as is the gross
anatomy and histology of its various parts including oesophagus, stomach and
small and large intestines. GIT motility and its control, digestion and absorption of
nutrients and its control, and enzymes and secretions are considered as are their
medical implications. The role of the accessory organs of digestion is described.
GIT reflexes such as vomiting and defecation are covered. This module will
incorporate a clinical seminar session at the end of the module (one day’s
duration). It is also envisaged that some clinical lectures will be interspersed
throughout the module.
At the end of this module the student should:
• know the positions and functions of the liver and gall bladder, the
stomach, small and large intestines including the appendix, pancreas and spleen
and their layout within the peritoneum;
• understand why the portal circulation may be involved in pathology; have
some knowledge of the abdominal wall in relation to incisions, hernias
and referred pain.
• have a knowledge of modern medical Imaging of the GIT.
• should understand how food is mixed and moved along the course of the GIT
and the role played in this by the enteric nervous system. know how
food is digested in the mouth, stomach and small intestine so that it is broken
down into constituents which can be readily absorbed. know how the digested
constituents of food are absorbed in the stomach and the small and large
intestine.
• know the mechanisms of the GIT reflexes of vomiting and defecation.
77
THE RENAL SYSTEM
This module covers the structure and function of the renal system with clinical
applications in an integrated fashion. The development, anatomy and histology of
the kidney is described as is the anatomy of the pelvic floor. The formation of urine
is covered in terms of the underlying processes of glomerular filtration and tubular
absorption and secretion and their control. The control of salt and water, pH
balance and the medical importance of these processes is indicated. The anatomy
and mechanism of the micturition reflex is described. Students are also introduced
to medical imaging of the kidney. It is also envisaged that some clinical lectures
may be interspersed throughout the module
At the end of this module the student should:
• Know and be able to demonstrate the positions of the bladder, urethra,
rectum and anal canal.
• Know the macro and micro structure of the kidney, ureter, urinary bladder and
urethra.
• Know the neuroanatomical basis of urinary incontinence.
• Have an understanding of the role of the respiratory system in the control of
blood gases and pH, including how normal levels are maintained and the
causes and consequences of disturbances.
• Be familiar with the medical imaging of the urinary system.
• Understand the special features of the renal blood supply which adapt the
• organ for filtration and reabsorption and how blood flow and GFR can be
• measured
• Be able to describe the transport properties of the nephron and how these relate
to the excretory function of the kidney
• Understand the role of the kidneys in regulating body fluid osmolarity, volume
and aid base balance and the methods of investigation used to examine
these mechanisms
• Be able to discuss the anatomy and pathophysiology of processes related to
renal disease.
NUTRITION
This module describes the fundamentals of human nutrition. It provides a basic
knowledge of nutrient biochemistry and function to underpin an understanding of
human nutrition. It discusses essential dietary requirements, energy meatabolism in
the fed and fasting states and the role of nutrition in heart disease with particular
emphasis on the role of cholesterol and lipids. It also covers the dietary role of
lipids and trace elements. It is envisaged that there will be inputs to this module
from clinical nutritionists.
At the end of this module the student should know:
• The link between metabolism and nutrition
• Main sources of metabolic fuels and energy requirements The
role of organic and inorganic essential nutrients
78
•
•
•
Digestion and transport of nutrients and significance of transport
mechanisms on health and disease
The metabolic flexibility associated with different life stages The
metabolic link between nutrition and disease
The role of nutrition in athletic performance
PROFESSIONALISM 1.2
Professionalism 1.2 (Year 1, semester 2) focuses on all core clinical methods and
skills according to international standards. See also clinical skills teaching. Clinical
skills will be assessed in Objective Structured Clinical Examinations.
An important part of medical professionalism 1.2 is achieved through Special Study
Modules in semester 2. Students make a choice out of various special study
modules, (SSM). The purpose of the SSM is to encourage students to develop areas
of special interest and to learn how to examine topics in more depth.
CLINICAL SKILLS TEACHING
A 12-week course in Communication and Clinical Skills delivered jointly by the
Disciplines of Medicine, General Practice and Psychiatry will take place in
semester 2 of Year One. This course will be systems-based and will run parallel
with teaching in anatomy, physiology, biochemistry and pharmacology. The
communication skills teaching will run throughout the second semester and will
involve lectures and role play. Clinical skills relevant to the following systems will
be taught in three half-day sessions in the clinical skills laboratories at Aras
Moyola and the Comerford Medical Education Centre.
1. Cardiovascular
2. Respiratory
3. Gastrointestinal/Renal
Full-day integrated communication and clinical skills workshops involving
multiple supervised stations with simulated patients will attempt to underscore the
importance of effective doctor-patient communication.
An OSCE examination will be held at the end of semester 2.
79
SECOND MEDICAL YEAR
First Semester
Endocrine System Growth Factors and Signalling
Central Nervous System
Reproduction and Development
Genetics
Molecular Medicine
Medical Professionalism 2.1
6ECTS
9ECTS
6ECTS
3ECTS
3ECTS
6ECTS
Second Semester
Health and Disease
Drugs and Disease
Organ Failure
Medical Professionalism 2.2
12 ECTS
6 ECTS
6 ECTS
6 ECTS
ENDOCRINE SYSTEM, GROWTH FACTORS AND SIGNALLING
This module describes the structure and function of the endocrine system both in
health and disease. It also provides an introduction to growth factor and signal
transduction systems in health and disease. It includes an introduction to chemical
messengers of the nervous, endocrine and immune systems, as well as eicosanoids
and growth factors. The biochemical basis of hormonal classification will be
explained. The student will be provided with an overview of the general anatomy
of the endocrine system. The structure and function of classical endocrine glands
will also be discussed. The clinical importance of the endocrine secretions will also
be described throughout the module.
At the end of this module the student should:
• Know the endocrine system provides communication between cells, tissues
and organs
• Understand the structure and function of the hypothalamic pituitary axis and
the roles of the various hormones secreted by these areas Be able
to discuss the effects of hypo and hyper secretion of the these hormones
• Understand the structure and function of the thyroid, parathyroid and adrenal
glands, and the Islets of Langerhans and the roles of the various hormones
secreted by these glands
• Be able to discuss the effects of hypo and hyper function of these gland
• Be able to discuss the hormonal control of carbohydrate, protein and fat
metabolism and its clinical significance
• Be able to discuss the hormonal control of calcium and phosphate metabolism,
and salt and water metabolism and their clinical significance Understand the
methodology of hormone measurement and its relevance to clinical
diagnosis
• Be aware of the general features and types of signaling molecules Know
the most important and common growth factors and have some understanding
of their functional and clinical importance
80
•
•
Know the biochemical properties and mode of action of steroid hormones Have
an understanding of plasma membrane receptors, G-proteins, the cAMP, cGMP
and phosphatidylinositol signaling systems and their role in normal function and
disease
Know the formation and role of eicosanoids
CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
The module focuses on the anatomy, physiology and biochemistry of the human
central nervous system.
At the end of this module the student should
• Have a comprehensive understanding of the structure and organisation of the
nervous system; brain, spinal cord and meninges
• Be aware of the structure and function of neurons and glial cells
Understand the role of cerebrospinal fluid
• Be able to discuss the process of CNS neurotransmission
• Know the structure and function of the somatosensory system
• Understand the structure and function of the motor system
• Understand the organization and function of vision, hearing, speech, and
balance
• Have an understanding of role of the hypothalamus, and its role in
appetite, thirst and thermoregulation
• Know the role of limbic system in emotions
• Understand the processes of Sleep, learning and memory
• Be aware of the concept of reward circuitry
REPRODUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT
This module describes the process involved in reproduction and will provide an
introduction to embryology. The osteology, blood supply and innervation of the
pelvic region will be described. Pelvic imaging methodology will also be
introduced. The anatomy of the male and female reproductive systems will be
explained. The function and hormonal regulation of reproduction will be
described. The events involved in fertilisation and embryonic development
including sexual differentiation and fetal physiology will be covered. Students
will be instructed in various specific reproductive topics including lactation,
parturition. The normal process of embryology will be discussed. ). It is also
envisaged that some clinical lectures will be interspersed throughout the module.
At the end of this module the student should:
• Know the anatomy of the male reproductive system as well as the
Hormonal and nervous control of male
• Understand the major features of the anatomy of the female reproductive system
including the relevant osteology and variations in the shape of the pelvis
• Know the positions of the bladder, urethra, rectum and anal canal
Understand and the structure of the pelvic floor; the anatomy of
continence; the anatomy of the female and male internal and external genitalia
81
•
•
•
•
•
(ovaries, uterine tubes, uterus, vagina, labia, clitoris; testis, vas deferens,
prostate, scrotum, penis).
Have sufficient anatomical knowledge to understand the anatomy of urinary
and faecal continence, of taking cervical smears and of pelvic examination (the
structures palpable on an examination via the rectum or vagina) and the
anatomical basis of passing a urinary catheter in the male. Understand the
anatomical consequences of prostatic enlargement, and the basis of common
medical conditions affecting the female genital tract. Understand the principles
and types of abdominal hernia, common medical conditions affecting the
scrotum and testis.
Have an appreciation of anatomical changes that occur during pregnancy and
the anatomy underlying anaesthesia during childbirth.
Embryology
Understand the hormonal and nervous control of male reproduction Understand
the hormonal control of the menstrual cycle and of pregnancy Know the basis of
sexual determination of sex, the control of parturition and lactation
Understand both foetal and neonatal physiology
GENETICS
This course introduces Medical students to the principles of modern genetics and
its application to the understanding and treatment of inherited disease. The roles of
DNA technology and genetic counselling are explained.
At the end of this module the student should:
• Have a comprehensive understanding of the main principles of modern medical
genetics and cytogenetics and its relevance to modern medicine. Have a critical
awareness of the applications of DNA technology to the Have a basic
understanding of chromosome analysis and the causes and consequences of
cytogenetic disorder and its relevance to modern medicine.
• Have a basic understanding of the role of chromosome rearrangement in
human leukaemia and cancer
• Have an appreciation of the practical, moral and ethical issues associated with
genetic testing, prenatal diagnosis and genetic counselling in modern medicine.
MOLECULAR MEDICINE
This module describes the contributions of advances in molecular biology to
research, diagnosis and treatment of disease. The molecular basis of cancer is
emphasised as an example and topic of special relevance.
At the end of this module the student should know:
• What constitutes molecular medicine
• Principles which underlie contemporary research, diagnosis and treatment
• methods in molecular medicine.
• Application of recombinant DNA technology to treatment of disease
M o l e c u l a r b a s i s o f c e l l c y c l e c o n t r o l the
nature of DNA damaged and how it is repaired
82
•
•
•
Cell biological hallmarks of cancer
Role of oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes
Principles underlying current and proposed molecular cancer therapies
Pharmaceutical development pipeline for molecular medicines
PROFESSIONALISM 2.1
Clinical Skills Teaching
Professionalism 2.1 (year 2, semester 2) focuses on all core clinical methods and
skills according to international standards. See also clinical skills teaching. Clinical
skills will be assessed in Objective Structured Clinical Examinations.
Students are introduced through a series of systems-based lectures and practical
workshops to history taking and physical examination in semester 1. Four week
days are spent on the wards and in general practices applying these skills. Case
reports and a multiple choice examination in December of Semester 1.
SEMESTER II
DRUGS AND DISEASE
The module focuses on the pharmacology of drugs affecting various body systems
and disease categories. Students learning is based upon prior knowledge from
Introduction to Pharmacology and all of the other systems-based modules that have
run in the preceding 3 semesters. Areas covered include the pharmacology of drugs
used in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, nervous system diseases, pain,
endocrine diseases, immune system-related conditions and cancer. The module is
designed to run parallel to the Health and Disease module also in semester 2.2.
At the end of this module, the student should know:
• The basic pharmacology of drugs used in the treatment of cardiovascular
diseases, nervous system diseases, pain, endocrine diseases, immune systemrelated conditions and cancer.
• Mechanisms of action, important side effects and routes of administration of
those drugs.
• How those drugs abrogate or interfere with mechanisms of disease.
Important drugs interactions.
HEALTH AND DISEASE I
Students will be introduced to the idea that mechanistic knowledge underpins the
analysis and solving of clinical problems The module will demonstrate that
molecular, cellular, microbiological and environmental mechanisms underpin the
development and progression of disease and will highlight the interplay between
these factors. Students will be introduced to the principles of health promotion and
of disease prevention and treatment for both individuals and populations.
83
On completion of this module students will have a foundation in:
• The various causes of disease and the interplay of molecular, cellular,
microbiological and environmental factors in the causation of different
diseases;
• Principles of public health and health promotion;
• Mechanisms of cell injury and cell death; organisms that cause cell injury;
response to cell injury and death; and healing and repair
• Disorders of cell growth and neoplasia
• Control of infection
• Basic alterations of the haemodynamics including thrombosis, ischaemia,
infarction and shock.
• Pathobiology, microbiology, surveillance and prevention of
cardiovascular disorders including atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction,
valvular disorders, cardiomyopathy, cardiac failure, aneurysms and
hypertension.
• Pathobiology, microbiology and surveillance and prevention of respiratory
disorders including asthma and allergic disorders, infections, inflammatory
disorders, COAD, cystic fibrosis and neoplasia.
• The clinical relevance of the mechanisms that underlie disease and begin to
see how such information can be used in clinical scenarios.
ORGAN FAILURE
These modules will integrate preclinical subjects into clinical setting
and demonstrate relevance of basic sciences to clinical practice
At the end of this module the student should:
• Know the underlying causes/disease processes leading to loss of organ
function
• Have an understanding of the clinical consequences of loss of organ
function
• Be able to discuss the basic management principles and issues arising have
an understanding of organ supportive/replacement therapies
This module focuses on Group and Self Directed Learning
• Use of relevant clinical scenarios involving failure of a major organ
system.
• Group presentation of knowledge gained during self-directed learning session.
• Grouped assessment of submissions
Key Knowledge Areas
• Acute Hepatic Failure Acute Brain Injury
• Acute Renal Failure
• Hypovolaemic Shock The Failing Heart
• Acute Respiratory Failure
84
PROFESSIONALISM 2.2
Medical professionals focus on the integrated professional approach in problem
solving and decision making. Student learning is based upon enquiry based
learning skills achieved in the previous professionalism courses. New medical
technologies are critically appraised using clinical case stories and discussed in
self-directed group processes. Prior knowledge of medical law, medical ethics,
health & illness and medical informatics is used to upgrade the professional
learner. The results of self-directed learning will be reported in a scientific group
essay and a statistics report at the end of the course. Knowledge achieved in
Professionalism 2.2 will be assessed in an integrated MCQ and SAQ.
Medical ethics is concerned with contemporary moral issues facing medics. It
introduced a variety of normative ethical theories to provide a foundation for the
critical analysis of a range of issues arising from the biological and medical
sciences. These are likely to include abortion, euthanasia / physician assisted
suicide, disability, genetic modification, new medical technologies and resource
allocation.
It is intended that students will gain knowledge of moral theory that equips them to
evaluate some of the most pressing dilemmas facing biomedical practice.
Medical law shows students the importance of law in their every day practice as a
doctor. This will be done by discussing major legal issues such as, consent to
treatment, medical negligence, confidentiality and mental health law. Students will
be shown how the law has dealt with situations that are rarely black and white.
This will be done through various cases of direct interest to medical practice. At
the end of the module students will be expected to identify situations where legal
responsibilities arise and to discern the various legal elements and find the best
possible course of action
CLINICAL SKILLS TEACHING
In semester 2 students build on the procedural skills learned in their first medical
year with workshops covering skills relevant to the neurological, endocrine and
musculoskeletal systems. Skills will be assessed in an Objective Structured Clinical
Examination by the end of semester 2.
Special Study Modules
Another important part of professionalism 2.2 is achieved through a new set of
Special Study Modules. Students make a choice out of a variety special study
modules, (SSM). The purpose of the SSM is to encourage students to develop areas
of special interest and to learn how to examine topics in more depth. The majority
of these Special Study Modules are based upon service learning and project/enquiry
based learning.
85
THIRD MEDICAL YEAR
SEMESTER I
HEALTH AND DISEASE II
Students will build on the knowledge of biomedical science and Health and
Disease module I in semester 2 year 2 to understand the common disease processes
affecting different organ systems and their clinical implications. They will learn to
apply these principles to common clinical problems Students will also build on
their knowledge of the biopsychosocial model of health and disease and its
application in the prevention and treatment of common clinical conditions.
Students will acquire an understanding of the relevance of epidemiology to the
clinical practice of medicine and the functions of public health medicine and health
promotion in practice. They will develop an appreciation of the role of the
laboratory in clinical practice.
On completion of this module students will have a foundation in:
• Pathobiology and microbiology of diseases affecting central nervous
system including the causes and effects of raised intracranial pressure, stroke,
head trauma, infection and neurodegenerative diseases; Patholobiology and
microbiology of diseases of the gastrointestinal system including
infections, inflammatory conditions, common malabsorptive disorders,
benign and malignant diseases;
• Diseases of hepatobiliary system and pancreas including infections,
inflammatory disorders, inherited diseases, neoplasms and organ failure; Disease
of genitourinary system including infections, immune disorders, vasculitis,
stones, neoplasia and organ failure;
• Haematological disorders including anaemias, haematological malignancy and
pathology of the lymph node;
• Pathobiology of the breast and endocrine system; screening services;
Pathobiology and microbiology of the skin and musculoskeletal system The
clinical aspects of diseases affecting different systems;
• Functions of public health medicine, including topics of epidemiology,
needs assessment, occupational health related both to individual and
population health services.
• The principles and practical aspects of infection control in the health care
setting
• The principles and practical aspects of the use of antimicrobial agents
• The principle of prevention, control and management and aetiology of
major infectious diseases
86
FORENSIC MEDICINE
Students will build on the knowledge of biomedical science achieved in modules
H&D I and H&D II to develop a basic understanding of the principles of forensic
medicine in relation to common causes and signs of injury, disease and death. They
will be familiar with the role of the coroner, the circumstances in which death
should be reported to the coroner, the role of the autopsy and the inquest. They
will learn the importance of accurate certification of death. They will be familiar
with the signs of violence and injury/trauma. They will acquire some insight into
establishing the manner of death in a given case, i.e. whether it is natural,
accidental, homicidal or suicidal and they will be familiar with the causes of
unnatural death, including the effects of various drugs and toxins.
GLOBAL HEALTH AND DEVELOPMENT
This module provides a brief introduction to key concepts in understanding the
challenges of human health and development from a global perspective. The
content will focus on social and economic development as it relates to global
health.
Global health can be defined as 'health problems, issues and concerns that
transcend national boundaries; that may be influenced by circumstances or
experiences in other countries; and that are best addressed by cooperative actions
and solutions'.
The module is delivered by staff from the Disciplines of Bacteriology and Public
Health & Health Promotion with input from a range of people from different
disciplines.
By the end of this course students should:
• recognise the impacts of globalisation, poverty and widening socio-economic
inequalities as determinants of health;
• understand the concepts of development, poverty, economic and social
development, and the right to health;
• be able to discuss the main causes of morbidity and mortality globally; the
global burden of disease including major infectious, non-communicable and
chronic diseases and injuries;
• be aware of the difficulties faced by health services in resource poor settings
and the challenges of strengthening health systems, ensuring adequate human
resources for health and equitable access;
• know about some of the major global health initiatives, including the roles of
international agencies such as WHO and other UN agencies, civil society
organisations and new partnerships for health;
• recognise issues related to global health security and addressing public health
risks from epidemic prone diseases and climate change;
• consider some of the health issues faced by migrants including refugees and
asylum seekers;
• know where to identify sources of information for medical advice for
international travelers
87
PROFESSIONALISM 3.1
CORE CLINICAL SKILLS
The Core Clinical Skills module is a 12 week (9ECTS) module delivered in
semester 1 of year 3. Students receive lectures on evidence-based physical
diagnosis, tutorials on clinical problem solving and practical procedural skills
teaching. More advanced physical examination skills are taught in the clinical
skills laboratory. Students are required to clerk patients throughout their hospital
stay and keep reflective account in their portfolio. Bedside tutorials help students
to develop their diagnostic and clinical reasoning skills. Assessment involves an
OSCE, MCQ Exam, Structured answer question paper and satisfactory completion
of their logbook.
SEMESTER II
FOUNDATIONS OF CLINICAL MEDICINE
The teaching in year 3 semester 2 will comprise 5 modules which together comprise
‘Foundations of Clinical Medicine’.. Each module is delivered in 4 week rotating
blocks over the course of Semester 3.2. Each module will therefore be delivered five
times to five separate groups, at both the Galway University Hospitals and the
Affiliated Hospitals. The teaching of Professionalism is incorporated into each
module.
1. Cardiovascular Module: The aim of this module is to provide structured
integrated teaching in the diagnosis, investigation, and management of patients
with common diseases of the cardiovascular system. The module builds on the
systems based approach to the CVS system in Year 1 (1.2) and to the pathology of
the CVS system in the modules on the process of Health and Disease (2.2; 3.1). In
addition it provides a foundation to a more advanced level of CVS disease in
Cardiovascular Studies 111 in semester 5.1. At the end of the module the student
will be competent to make a diagnosis deliver basic care to a patient
presenting with a common cardiovascular problem. The strand addresses the each of
the 12 learning outcomes of the overall curriculum. The professionalism component of
the strand includes a ‘Clinical Methods’ component, focussing on communication
and examination skills on both simulated and real patients.
2. Gastrointestinal Module: This module will build on the systems based approach
to the gastrointestinal system, and clinical methods (communication and
examination skills) and will vertically integrate with the anatomy, physiology and
pathology courses. Common gastrointestinal problems are introduced in this module.
For each clinical condition the student will be exposed to the pathology and clinical
presentation followed by the appropriate investigation and management of the
condition. The student will learn to formulate a working diagnosis and appropriate
differential diagnosis from which a plan of investigation and management can be
delivered.
88
3. Respiratory, Perioperative and Critical Care Medicine Module: This
module will build on the basic concepts acquired in the respiratory I module in
Semester 1.2 and the Organ Failure Module in Semester 2.2. The strand will
introduce students to core knowledge, skills and attitudes required to develop a
critical understanding of the pathophysiology and management of the common
respiratory diseases (Respiratory Medicine), basic non-surgical aspects of care of the
patient presenting for major surgery (Perioperative Medicine), and introduce concepts
regarding the severely ill patient and the pathophysiology of organ failure (Critical
Care Medicine). These basic skills and concepts will be developed further in
semester 5.1.
4 Care of the Elderly Module: This module will provide students with the
requisite knowledge, skills and professional attitudes related to management of the
elderly patient. The multidisciplinary approach will be emphasised throughout the
strand and students will be encouraged to gain an appreciation of the role of allied
health professionals in elderly care. Students will be introduced to investigation and
management of the following conditions, with particular reference to their
presentation in elderly patients: acute confusional state and dementia,
cerebrovascular disease, sensory impairment, movement disorders, recurrent falls,
cardiorespiratory disease, bowel and bladder disturbance, metabolic bone disease,
electrolyte disorders, malignant disease and haematological disorders.
5 Acute Hospital Care (GUH) / Elective Module : This module aims to guide
the student in the development of the appropriate clinical skills to appropriately
investigate and participate in the management of acutely unwell medical and surgical
patients. Students will acquire a comprehensive range of clinical skills that are
needed to properly evaluate the diversity of situations common to an emergency
department. The student will also gain an appreciation of the core concepts
related to skin and soft tissue injuries and how these commonly present through
the emergency department. Horizontal integration with other strands is emphasised,
as well as vertical integration with the basic sciences especially anatomy,
physiology and pathology.
The Examinations of Semester 2 Third Medical Year:
Where a student has a failing mark in one or more modules not exceeding a maximum
of 6 credits in combination but has attained 45% or more, this component may be
deemed to be passed by compensation where the student has a surplus of marks
across the remaining modules of not less than double the deficit in the module(s)
which have been failed. In addition to passing each module, (MCQ and Written
Paper) students are required to pass 7 of 10 OSCE stations.
Failing Students and Repeat Examinations
Students who fail a module will repeat only that module in the Autumn. Students
who fail the OSCE ‘module’, but pass the 5 content modules will repeat only the
89
clinical assessment in the Autumn. Students who fail the autumn examinations will
be required to repeat the Semester.
FOURTH MEDICAL YEAR
PSYCHIATRY
This 8 week program is divided into two four week blocks, one in semester 1 and
one in semester 2. Students will attain knowledge of and learn the skills required to
assess a range of mental illnesses. They will learn about the biopsychosocial risk
factors for these illnesses and their multidisciplinary management using physical,
pharmacological, psychological and social interventions. Mental illnesses addressed
in this way will include depressive disorders; bipolar disorder; schizophrenia and
psychotic disorders; alcohol and substance misuse; dementia and delirium; suicide
and deliberate self harm; autism, pervasive and specific developmental disorders;
attention deficit disorders; posttraumatic stress disorder; anxiety disorders, eating
disorders; personality disorders; dissociative and somatoform disorders;
psychosexual disorders; learning disability; obsessive compulsive disorder;
psychiatric disorders of the puerperium; childhood conduct and emotional disorders.
Students will develop skills in how to assess and manage deliberate self harm.
Students will be assisted in developing the empathic attitudes and communication
skills necessary to interact with patients suffering from mental illness and their
relatives. They will be made aware of the varying presentation of mental disorders
in learning disabled patients, later life patients, children, patients in a general
medical setting and be able to adapt their communication skills accordingly.
Students will be assisted in developing an awareness of the importance of
counteracting stigma. They will develop an awareness of the impact of family
dynamics and of psychological defence mechanisms on the development of mental
illness. They will be introduced to the principles of involuntary treatment and an
understanding of the roles and functioning of multidisciplinary teams in assessing
and managing mental illness.
Structure and delivery:
The curricular structure will include circa 20 didactic lectures, small group teaching,
video-based teaching of clinical cases, problem based learning tutorials,
communication skills training in mental health setting, self directed learning, case
presentation to peers, case studies, clinical placements with shadowing of doctors
and clinical nurse specialists, clerking patients, attendance at ward rounds and
multidisciplinary team meetings.
On satusfactory completion of this module students will:
• Be able to describe the prevalence and presentations of common psychiatric
conditions, discuss their aetiology and understand the principles of their
management, including biological, psychological, and socio-cultural
approaches.
• Be able to outline the conditions under which it is legitimate to detain and treat
90
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
patients against their will.
Be able to describe the principal mechanisms of action of, indications for, side
effects of, and appropriate use of common psychotropic medication and ECT.
Be able to describe the principles of different forms of psychotherapy and their
appropriateness for different patients.
Be able to describe the range of services and roles of the professionals involved
in the care of people with a mental illness and appreciate the importance of
multidisciplinary working.
Communicate effectively with mentally ill patients and be able to take a full
psychiatric history from, and carry out a mental state examination of patients of
all ages and developmental levels.
Summarise the findings of a psychiatric history and mental state examination
by producing a biopsychosocial formulation.
Assess family relationships and their impact on the functioning of other family
members, and speak to families about an ill or disabled member.
Assess a patient’s potential suicidal risk and risk to others.
Demonstrate an empathic understanding of the emotional problems of patients
of all ages and developmental levels, the psychological and sociocultural
dimension of illness.
PAEDIATRICS AND CHILD HEALTH
Each student completes an 8 week paediatric clerkship, delivered in two discrete four
week modules over two semesters. Each four week learning block will run
concurrently at NUI, Galway and The Sligo Academy. It is anticipated that at any
one time 24 paediatric students will be based at NUI, Galway and 5 students at the
Sligo Academy with uniform delivery on both sites.
During this time the student’s major clinical commitments are in Paediatrics and take
precedence over all other activities. This Clerkship is during the Fourth Medical Year,
and includes two weeks attachment in Paediatrics at Castlebar, Derry, Ballinasloe or
Letterkenny for students based at NUI, Galway. Students who spend one module at the
Sligo Academy spend the second at NUI, Galway.
Semester 1 introduces the student to common paediatric presentations and topics as
well as building on the students’ clinical skills in the paediatric setting.
Semester 2 focuses on students acquiring knowledge and skills in management of
paediatric conditions. This includes evidence based critical analysis of case
management.
Theoretical learning is provided through small group problem based learning
seminars, student case presentations and computer aided learning. In addition
lectures are given on the principles of growth and development, child health,
common paediatric problems, perinatal problems, and the management of
newborn and premature infants.
91
Clinical learning opportunity is provided through clinical skills tutorials, core bedside tutorials, clinical placement – (mentor and role modelling, ward rounds and
clinic exposure) and nurse shadowing on clinical placement. Tutorials are given in
the Special Care Newborn infant unit in addition to those in general paediatrics; visits
are arranged to Child Development centres and to schools for children with learning
disability.
Assessment is both formative and summative. Focused feedback is the main
formative assessment method used. Summative assessment methods include:
Continuous assessment (4 case report submissions), written examination (MCQ,
MEQs and SAQs) and OSCE (Objective structured clinical examination).
OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY
The course will be divided into 2 semesters in year 4, each for the duration of 4
weeks. The first semester will address basic obstetrics & gynaecology; the second
will address advanced aspects of care. The course will take place in UHG and in
the Sligo Academy with a two week attachment in one of the affiliated hospitals for
those based at UHG.
Semester 1 will address basic aspects of care in Obstetrics and Gynaecology and
will include normal antenatal care, the impact of pre-existing disease on pregnancy
on the mother and fetus, common gynaecological disease, the performance of
intimate gynaecological examinations in accordance with recommended
professional standards and participation in labour ward activities. This will involve
performing normal deliveries, observing operative deliveries and close interaction
with the midwifery staff in the care of the woman during labour. It will also address
the contribution of changing demographics and disease profiles in the population on
adverse obstetric outcome. Specifically, this will involve learning about the
collation of maternal and perinatal morbidity and mortality statistics at a local,
national and international level. It will also involve learning how the published
reports (CEMM, CEMACH, CEDSI and the Annual Clinical Reports) identify areas
that lead to changes in obstetric practice.
In Semester 2 the student will learn about the management of more complicated
obstetric problems, and the effect of pregnancy on their management. This will
include the interaction of the multidisciplinary teams involved in high risk obstetric
care. It will address the use of the Cochrane and RCOG databases in daily practice
to employ evidence based management of obstetric and gynaecological problems. It
will explain the principles of screening for disease – the principles of prenatal
screening for fetal and maternal disease during pregnancy and the associated
aspects; ethical, legal, health economics and the clinical and laboratory aspects of
prenatal tests such as CVS, amniocentesis and ultrasound. The principles and
practice of screening for gynaecological malignancy will be addressed. The
management of patients who undergo early and late pregnancy loss will be taught.
92
Finally the management of obstetric emergencies will be explained.
The course will consist of didactic lectures, small group teaching, tutorials, student
case presentations, clinical attachment, videos and self directed learning. The course
will be delivered by the academic staff, the consultants and specialist registrars in
Obstetrics and Gynaecology. In the second semester the clinical attachment will
include attendance at the subspecialist clinics – feto-maternal medicine, infertility,
urogynaecology and gynaecological oncology.
The assessment will be both formative and summative. Semester 1 will carry 10%
based on the student’s attendance and performance of clinical tasks. Semester 2
will account for 30% based on an OSCE / MCQ. The end of year assessment will
account for 60%.
GENERAL PRACTICE
The General Practice component involves, in semesters, two weeks of small group
teaching and two weeks on placement with a GP practice. The majority of students
will be placed with the same practice, but this is not guaranteed. Placement with a
General Practitioner occurs in weeks three and four in semester one and weeks two
and three in semester two. The small group activity covers topics such as
communication skills, chronic disease management, case based learning, etc.
What do we hope students will learn in general practice?
We have listed below the learning objectives for our year 4 course.
Semester #1 will introduce the principles and organisation of general practice as
well as build on the students’ clinical and procedural skills.
Semester #2 will focus on developing patient management skills including a general
practice approach to history taking and physical examination; therapeutic skills and
an awareness of the features of case management.
93
Table of proposed year 4 learning objectives categorized by
Semester and assessment method.
OBJECTIVES
The student will…….
Be able to describe the range of
problems seen in General Practice.
Demonstrate awareness of the
importance of physical, psychological
and social factors in illness
Demonstrate that s/he has a good
working knowledge of the GP
management of the following chronic
diseases: asthma, diabetes and
hypertension
Demonstrate that s/he has a good
working knowledge of the GP
management of the following acute
conditions respiratory tract infections,
urinary tract infections, acute
confusion in the elderly, contraception
Be able to effectively communicate
with a patient in order to discover the
reason for attendance, explain the
diagnosis and discuss a management
plan
Personal objective
Be able to explain the organisation of
General Practice in Ireland
Be able to reflect on his/her own
attitudes to different patients and
demonstrate appropriate professional
behaviour in the consultation
Be able to suggest how/ demonstrate
how health promotion and disease
prevention can be incorporated into
General Practice
Be able to formulate a patient
management plan with the patient
Be able to perform the
Clinical, Examination, Administration,
Communication and Clinical
Reasoning skills listed in the GP
SKILLS LOG
Personal objective
DOMAIN
TEACHING/ LEARNING
ACTIVITY
Semester 1 Objectives
Knowledge
Lecture, GP attachment
ASSESSMENT
MCQ
Case study, OSCE
Skill &
Knowledge
Lecture, communication
skills video session, GP
attachment
Small group sessions, GP
placement
Skill &
Knowledge
Small group sessions, GP
placement
MCQ/OSCE
Attitude
Skill
Communication skills video
session, GP attachment.
OSCE
Attitude
Skill
MCQ/OSCE
Semester 2 Objectives
Knowledge
Lecture, GP attachment
MCQ
Attitude
Small group session
OSCE
Knowledge
Lecture, GP attachment, OSCL, Small
group session
MCQ,
OSCE
Skill
OSCL, GP attachment , Communication
skills video session,
Small group clinical skills sessions, GP
placement, self directed learning
OSCE
Skill
OTO-RHINOLARYNGOLOGY
Oto-Rhino-Laryngology (ORL) is the speciality that deals with the diagnosis and
management of diseases of the ear, nose and throat. The speciality also includes all
aspects of congenital and acquired diseases of the Head and Neck. It involves
dealing with patients of all ages and as a speciality ORL is responsible for the
surgical management of more paediatric patients than any other surgical discipline.
Adenotonsillectomy and the insertion of ventilation tubes (Grommets) are two of
94
OSCE
the most frequently performed operations world wide. Teaching at the department
of ORL will be delivered over two semesters. Each semester will be of four weeks
duration. GP and ORL will share this time. We intend to create an element of
integration between GP and ORL as both specialities share a common core of
patients and disease processes. This integration will be seen particularly in semester
1 week 1 and semester 2 week 4. Students will spend 2 full weeks in ORL.
VISION:
Clinically competent student in ORL: Ability to diagnose and manage common
acute and chronic ORL conditions including their complications.
Learning Objectives Semester 1:
An introduction to the basic principles of ORL. History taking, safe clinical
examination of the ear nose throat head and neck. Basic clinical tests associated
with ORL, clinical assessment of hearing. Differential diagnosis, appropriate
investigations.
Learning Objectives Semester 2:
Building on clinical skills learnt in semester 1. Disease processes, paediatric ORL,
surgical anatomy, surgical management, complications. Introduction to safe
surgery, Red Flags – conditions not to miss!!
95
FIFTH MEDICAL YEAR / FINAL YEAR
COMPRISES 2 SEMESTERS
SEMESTER 1:
ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTICE (30 ECTS Credits)
This module aims to enhance the students knowledge of clinical practice and builds
on the module ‘Foundations of Clinical Practice’ (3MB). The module will integrate
vertically with the systems based approach of the earlier years of the curriculum
(1MB, 2MB) and the Foundations of Clinical Practice in 3MB and will incorporate
the teaching of Professionalism seamlessly within the following strands:
1. CARDIOVASCULAR STUDIES
Students will increase their understanding of the diseases of the cardiovascular
system and build on the basic knowledge acquired in 3MB. They will focus on
diagnosis investigation and management learning to integrate and interpret large
amounts of patient information. At the end of the module the student will have
acquired an advanced level of competence to deliver care to a patient presenting
with a cardiovascular problem.
2. GASTROINTESTINAL STUDIES
Students will increase their understanding of the diseases of the gastrointestinal
system and build on the basic knowledge acquired in 3MB. They will focus on
diagnosis investigation and management learning to integrate and interpret large
amounts of patient information. At the end of the module the student will have
acquired an advanced level of competence to deliver care to a patient presenting
with a gastrointestinal problem.
3. RESPIRATORY CRITICAL AND PERIOPERATIVE CARE MEDICINE 11
Students will increase their understanding of the respiratory system and further
develop their clinical knowledge and skills relating to Perioperative and Critical
Care Medicine, building on the basic knowledge acquired in 3MB. They will focus
on diagnosis investigation and management learning to integrate and interpret large
amounts of patient information. At the end of the module the student will have
acquired an advanced level of competence to deliver care to a patient presenting
with a respiratory problem, the non surgical aspects of care of the patient
presenting for major surgery and the recognition and initial management of the
severely ill patient.
4.GENERAL MEDICAL /SURGICAL CARE
Students will increase their understanding of the 10 most common medical and 10
most common surgical reasons for admission to an acute hospital. These 20
conditions have been chosen based on HSE HIPE data of coding admissions. They
96
will focus on diagnosis investigation and management learning to integrate and
interpret large amounts of patient information. At the end of the module the student
will have acquired an advanced level of competence to deliver care to a patient
presenting with a common acute medical or surgical problem.
STRUCTURE:
4 x 4 week strands repeated 4 times each across the Autumn Semester
DELIVERY OF DIDACTIC CONTENT
8 hours of contact time per week (32 hours per module)
3 hours didactic lectures (Full class)
3 hours small group teaching
2 hours clinic/ward based activity
40 hours student effort required per week
8 hours didactic time
32 hours divided between (a)Completion of tasks in Log Book (b) Directed Reading
SEMESTER 2:
SPECIALIST CLINICAL PRACTICE
This module aims to enhance the students knowledge of clinical practice in
specialist areas and builds on the Foundations of Clinical Practice (3MB, Semester
2) and Advanced Clinical Practice (5 MB Semester 1). The module will integrate
vertically with the Foundations and Advanced Clinical Practice Modules (3.2 and
5.1) and will incorporate the teaching of Professionalism seamlessly within the
following strands:
1. MUSCULOSKETAL STUDIES
Students will increase their understanding of the diseases of the musculoskeletl
system and build on the basic system based knowledge acquired in 1MB and 2MB.
They will focus on diagnosis investigation and management of common
musculoskeletal problems learning to integrate and interpret large amounts of
patient information. At the end of the module the student will have acquired an
advanced level of competence to deliver care to a patient presenting with a
musculoskeletal problem.
2. RENAL/UROLOGY STUDIES
Students will increase their understanding of the diseases of the renal and urological
system and build on the basic systems based knowledge acquired in 1MB and 2MB.
They will focus on diagnosis investigation and management of common renal and
urological problems learning to integrate and interpret large amounts of patient
information. At the end of the module the student will have acquired an advanced
97
level of competence to deliver care to a patient presenting with a renal/urological
problem.
3. NEUROLOGY/OPHTHALMOLOGY STUDIES
Students will increase their understanding of the diseases of the nervous system and
eye and build on the systems based knowledge acquired in 1MB and 2MB. They
will focus on diagnosis investigation and management of common neurological and
eye problems learning to integrate and interpret large amounts of patient
information. At the end of the module the student will have acquired an advanced
level of competence to deliver care to a patient presenting with a
neurological/ophthalmology problem respiratory problem.
4. DERMATOLOGY/PLASTICS
Students will increase their understanding of diseases of the skin including cancers
and burns and the interventions and treatments available to mange both. They will
focus on the diagnosis investigation and management of common skin problems
learning to integrate and interpret large amounts of patient information. At the end
of the module the student will have acquired an advanced level of competence to
deliver care to a patient presenting with a common skin problem, skin cancer and
burn injury.
5. CANCER STUDIES
Students will increase their understanding of common cancers and build on
knowledge acquired in Foundations for Clinical Practice (3.2) and Advanced
Clinical Practice (5.1). They will focus on the general principles of a cancer
diagnosis and the decision making and strategies for curative and palliative
treatments. Teaching will occur around multidisciplinary meetings (MDM). At the
end of the module the student will have acquired a basic level of competence to
deliver care to a patient presenting with cancer.
SHADOWING FOR CLINICAL PRACTICE
This four week module is completed in addition to the five strands of Specialist
Clinical Practice. It is a Course Requirement; - it is assessed on a Pass /Fail basis
only, carries no grade and will not contribute marks or ECTS credits towards the
overall grade of Honours if any to be awarded, However any candidate who fails
this module will be remain incomplete in their medical degree and will be unable to
pursue Internship. The module focuses on perfecting a directory of skills and
proceedures necessary to function as a junior doctor. The student will build on the
knowledge acquired in the clinical settings of 3.2, 5.1 and 5.2. At the end of the
module the student will have acquired an advanced competency in a list of common
skills and procedures necessary to deliver care to a patient in any clinical setting
98
STRUCTURE:
5 x 3 week strands repeated 5 times each across the Spring Semester
1 x 4 week module in Shadowing for Clinical Practice
DELIVERY OF DIDACTIC CONTENT
8 hours of contact time per week (24 hours per module)
2 hours didactic lectures (Full class)
3 hours small group teaching
3 hours clinic/ward based activity
40 hours student effort required per week
8 hours idactic time
32 hours divided between (a) Completion of tasks in Log Book
(b) Directed Reading
ASSESSMENT OF YEAR 5
Assessment of Year 5 will comprise 40% for Knowledge and 60% for Clinical
Skills and Professionalism as follows:
KNOWLEDGE (40% of total marks)
1. Written exam at end of Semester 1 to examine the four strands in this semester.
This examination is to assess knowledge. This examine will represent 20% of
total Year mark.
2.
2 x MCQ exams at the end of 15 weeks of the 5 strands Specialist Modules.
These MCQ examinations assess knowledge. These combined MCQ exams will
represent 20% of total Year Mark.
CLINICAL EXAMINATION (60% of total marks)
1.Integrated Clinical Examination following 15 weeks of Special Study Modules
in semester 2. This will assess clinical examination, management and decision
making skills and will take the form of.
(a) A LONG CASE
Medical or surgical observed long case. Examined by 1/2 examiners. This will
represent 20% of total marks.
(b) A number of SHORT CASES
The cases included in this examination will a representation from all of the
disciplines represented in modules from Semester 1 and 2. There will be 2
examiners at each case. This part of the exam will represent 40% of the total mark.
99
(c) CLINICAL PROCEEDURES/PROFESSIONALISM OSCE This will occur
at the end of the 4 week module of shadowing for clinical practice. This is to assess
practical/procedural skills necessary to function as an Intern. The OSCE will not
have marks given but must be passed and a certificate of competence will be issued.
SHADOWING FOR CLINICAL PRACTICE
The module is assessed on a Pass/Fail basis, carries no grade and will not contribute
marks or ECTS credits towards the overall grade of Honours if any to be awarded.
Failure to complete however represents a barrier to completing the Medical Degree
and commencing internship.
100
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL SUBJECTS
Refer to General regulations for the Degrees of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (NFQ
Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
Students can if they wish undertake a B.Sc. Degree in Anatomy,
Physiology, Biochemistry, or Pharmacology.
A period of additional study outside of the Medical degree is required, in general
conformity with the regulations for the award of the B.Sc. Degree, as may be
prescribed. Admission to the B.Sc. degree programme is subject to the approval of
the relevant head of discipline.
B.MED.SC.
Refer to General regulations for the Degrees of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. (NFQ
Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
The B.Med.Sc. may be awarded to students who have completed the programmes
and examinations in the following subjects: Anatomy, Physiology, Biochemistry,
Pathology, Bacteriology, Pharmacology and Medical Informatics & Medical
Education.
To be eligible for award of the degree candidates must present a minor thesis of not
more than 2,000 words embodying a review of the literature or a research project in
one of the above subjects.
Students in the Fourth and subsequent years who do not intend proceeding to the
MB, BCh, BAO and who wish to be considered for the B.Med.Sc. may be accepted
subject to undertaking a period of three months under the Head of one of the
specified subjects and submission of a thesis as described above.
101
SCHOOL OF NURSING & MIDWIFERY
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES:
The School of Nursing and Midwifery is situated on-campus in a purpose built
building. The philosophy underpinning programme design and delivery is studentfocused and aims to inculcate values of caring, dignity and respect. The School has a
reputation for being vibrant and dynamic and its purpose is to develop innovative,
practice focused programmes and to undertake quality research of local, national and
international relevance. There are two broad goals: to prepare graduates who are
analytical, knowledgeable, responsive and highly skilled and to undertake quality
research that effects change and makes a difference to client care and service delivery.
Undergraduate Programmes (NFQ Level 8 awards; ref. www.nfq.ie)
provided include
Bachelor of Nursing Science (General), Bachelor of Nursing Science (International)
Bachelor of Nursing Science (Psychiatric), Bachelor of Midwifery Science, Bachelor
of Nursing (International).
Postgraduate Programmes provided include Full & Part-Time
Options
Postgraduate Certificate in Nursing (Specialist Practice)
Postgraduate Certificate In Nursing (Nurse/Midwife Prescribing)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Emergency Care)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Advanced Practice)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Child & Adolescent
Mental Health
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Education)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Gerontology)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Intensive Care)
Postgr aduate Diplom a in Nursing (On cology)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Orthopaedics)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Mental Health, Community & In-Patient Acute Care)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Palliative Care)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Perioperative)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Practice & Community Nursing)
Master of Health Sciences (Nursing)
Master of Health Sciences (Midwifery)
Master of Health Sciences (Nursing/Midwifery Education)
Master of Health Sciences (Advanced Practice Nursing/Midwifery)
Master of Health Sciences (Specialist Nursing)
Stand Alone Modules
102
Full Time Options
Postgraduate Diploma In Nursing (Management Of Chronic Health Conditions)
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Public Health Nursing)
Higher Diploma in Midwifery
PhD Degree (Nursing)
PhD Degree (Midwifery)
MPhil in Nursing
MPhil in Midwifery
103
General regulations for Undergraduate Degrees in Nursing & Midwifery (NFQ
Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The Undergraduate Degree Programmes of the School of Nursing and Midwifery at
National University of Ireland, Galway are four-year Honours Degrees, which
award the: Bachelor of Nursing Science (General), Bachelor of Nursing Science
(Psychiatric) and Bachelor of Midwifery Science.
Regulations may be altered periodically. The regulations applying to students are
generally those which applied to their programme at the time in which they
commenced their studies, unless otherwise specified in the General Regulations
hereunder.
These Regulations form a total, individual clauses may be conditioned or varied by
the provision of other clauses and cannot be applied in isolation.
The Regulations may also be supported by, or refer to other publications such as
the University Undergraduate Prospectus (available on request or by following online links for Future Students from www.nuigalway.ie), and the General Calendar of
the University http://www.nuigalway.ie/calendar/
I.
Entry to the Degree is limited and is based competitively on the results of the
Irish Leaving Certificate examination or its equivalent. The minimum
requirement is matriculation, as set out in the Undergraduate Prospectus.
[refer Matriculation Requirements and Additional Requirements in the
University Undergraduate Prospectus]. Requirements arising where the
results being presented are from any examination other than the Irish Leaving
Certificate are also set out in the Prospectus.
Note: The competitive cut-off may be significantly higher than the Matriculation
standard.
All Applications are processed through the Central Applications Office.
(www.cao.ie)
II.
Candidates who do not meet the Ordinary Matriculation Requirements as set
out in II above, may matriculate on grounds of Mature Years [refer
Matriculation on Mature Years in the University Undergraduate
Prospectus].
Note: All Applications are processed through the Central Applications Office. (refer
to www.cao.ie)
All applications must be successful at the Nursing Careers Centre (NCC)
written assessment before being considered for an offer as a mature
applicant (refer to www.nursingcareers.ie). However, success at the NCC
written assessment does not guarantee an offer of a place.
104
III.
Every student must furnish Garda Vetting. This is organised through the
School of Nursing and Midwifery in conjunction with HSE West. Failure to
meet the Garda Vetting requirements results in the student being removed
from the Degree programme.
IV.
Registration is carried out by the University. Students must be registered in
their Degree programme not later than fifteen days after the commencement
of Programmes.
V.
To obtain the degrees of B.NSc./ B.MSc. as set out in the Explanatory Note
(above);
(a) Students must pursue programmes of Study extending over a period of
not less than four Academic Years and must pass the various
Examinations prescribed below, meeting the requirements as set out
elsewhere in these Regulations, in the Marks and Standards of the
School
http://www.nuigalway.ie/academic_records/syllabus/marks_standards.ht
ml) and in Student Handbooks where necessary.
(b) The Examinations are as follows:
(1) The First University Examination in their programme.
(2) The Second University Examinations in their programme.
(3) The Third University Examination in their programme.
(4) The Fourth University Examination, being the Final Examination in
their programme.
Note: The duration of the programme cannot be shortened; no part of the Final
Examination may be taken before the end of 8 Semesters of professional
education
There is a time-limit on the completion of the degree; while a student who
fails their yearly examination in a particular year has the right to re-sit
that/those examination(s) the following year [refer par. VI to X below], the
total time allowed for the successful completion of the four University
Examinations is 8 years or 16 semesters in total.
VI.
The First University Examination must be passed completely before a student
can proceed to the Second Year.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the First Year Programme, including completion of all
coursework and required clinical placement(s). Exceptions may only be
permitted by the Head of School where this is recommended by the
programme on professionally verified grounds of student ill-health, close
family bereavement or of significant personal difficulties.
105
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer examination session
with repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn Examination
session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination
will require the student to re-sit the Examination in the following year.
(d) The First Year examination must be completed within two years of
entering First Year.
VII. The Second University Examination must be passed completely before a
student can proceed to the Third Year.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the Second Year Programme, including completion of
all coursework and required clinical placements(s). Exceptions may only
be permitted by the Head of School where this is recommended by the
programme on professionally verified grounds of student ill-health, close
family bereavement or of significant personal difficulties.
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer examination session
with repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn examination
session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination
will require the student to re-sit the Examination in the following year.
(d) The Second Year examination must be completed within two years of
entering Second Year.
VIII. The Third University Examination must be passed completely before a
student can proceed to the Fourth Year.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the Third Year Programme, including completion of all
coursework and required clinical placements(s). Exceptions may only be
permitted by the Head of School where this is recommended by the
programme on professionally verified grounds of student ill-health, close
family bereavement or of significant personal difficulties.
(b) The Examination will be held during the Summer examination session
with repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn examination
session.
(c) Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination
will require the student to re-sit the Examination in the following year.
(d) The Third Year examination must be completed within two years of
entering Third Year.
IX.
The Fourth and Final University Examination must be passed completely
before a student can be awarded the B.NSc / B.MSc.
(a) To enter this Examination, the student must have satisfied the attendance
requirements on the Final Year Programme, including completion of all
coursework, required clinical placement(s) and clinical hours.
106
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
X
Exceptions may only be permitted by the Head of School where this is
recommended by the programme on professionally verified grounds of
student ill-health, close family bereavement or of significant personal
difficulties.
The Examination will be held during the Summer examination session
with repeat examinations, if necessary, held in the Autumn examination
session.
Failure of the Examination in full or in part at the repeat examination
will require the student to re-sit the Examination in the following year.
The Final Year examination must be completed within two years of
entering Final Year.
To be awarded the Degree students must meet the requirements of An
Bord Altranais in full.
(a) The Award of the B.NSc / B.MSc. Degree will require successful
completion of all years of the Undergraduate Programme as set out in
Rules V to IX (inclusive) above.
(b) The calculation of the overall degree results awarded, including the
calculation of Honours (if any), will be based on 50% of the penultimate
year and 50% of the final year or the final year alone, whichever benefits
the student.
XI.
Any student failing to pass the Examination indicated in Rules VI, to IX
(inclusive) above within the specified intervals will be ineligible to proceed
further with his/her nursing / midwifery studies. Exemptions to this rule will
be granted by the Academic Council, on the recommendation of the College
of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, only for very serious reasons.
XII. Re-attendance may be required from any student whose attendance is
considered to have been unsatisfactory, or who has not attained a sufficient
standard of knowledge as judged by examination, competency or progressive
assessment. Satisfactory attendance is generally regarded as attendance and
participation in not less than 70% of the taught sessions provided. Students
who have not achieved satisfactory attendance may not be admitted to
examinations.
107
BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE (GENERAL)
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degrees in Nursing &
Midwifery (NFQ Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie) Paragraphs to I to XII above, pp. 96
to 99.
This programme leads to the award of Bachelor of Nursing Science (General) and
registration in the General division of the Nurse Register maintained by An Bord
Altranais. The programme is offered in partnership with the Health Service
Executive, West.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
The Bachelor of Nursing Science Programme is a four-year academic programme,
which is delivered over two semesters for the first three years. Year four of the
programme comprises of clinical/theory instruction in semester one and a clinical
internship which occurs in year four, semester two, to run over 36 weeks. The
theoretical component comprises of lectures, seminars, workshops, experiential
learning, skills’ training and reading time. The clinical practice placements are
linked to the theoretical input. Clinical practice modules require students to
complete clinical placements throughout the Health Service Executive region.
While on clinical placements students will be supervised by a named preceptor. In
accordance with An Bord Altranais the total requirements of the programme are 144
weeks. During clinical internship students will be paid a salary.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
A. Theoretical content aims to provide students with the knowledge necessary to
underpin their professional practice. The following key themes will be
addressed:
B. Biological Sciences, providing students with a basis for understanding the
structure and function of the human body in health and ill-health.
C. Social Sciences, introducing students to the disciplines of sociology,
psychology, philosophy and law as applied to nursing practice. The overall aim
is to provide students with an understanding of what influences behaviour in
both personal and professional contexts
D. Nursing practice, including an exploration of the nature and goals of nursing,
the nursing management of the ill adult and specialist client groups and
preparation for practice. Later in the programme the focus is on enabling
students to make the transition from student nurse to registered practitioner.
E. Research / Informatics, introducing students to the concepts and principles of
research and its use in clinical practice. Students will also have an opportunity
to develop competency in basic information technology skills.
F. Health promotion, introducing students to the principles and skills of promoting
health.
G. Leadership and Clinical Governance in Nursing and Midwifery Practice,
students will examine factors that affect the management of care and develop
an understanding of theories of leadership and management of change.
108
Clinical modules provide students with the opportunity to develop their nursing
skills in the reality of practice.
ASSESSMENT AND REGULATIONS
Each year both the theoretical and clinical components of the programme will be
assessed. Modules are assessed by means of a combination of written examinations
and coursework; this includes both theoretical and clinical modules. Students’
clinical performance/progress is assessed on an on-going basis while on placements
to determine competency. To be deemed competent students must attain the level
specified in the Assessment of Competency Tool, based on the Domains of
Competency identified by An Bord Altranais. Students must pass both theoretical,
clinical and competency assessments to be deemed to have passed the year.
Students will not be permitted to proceed to the next year of the programme until
they have met all the requirements specified in the Marks and Standards. Students
who fail to proceed must pass within one further year or they will be required to
withdraw from the programme.
To pass the programme overall students must pass the required theoretical, practice
and competency assessments. In addition, to be awarded the degree and to register
as a general nurse, students must meet the requirements for registration identified by
An Bord Altranais. . The final calculation of marks will be derived either from
years 3 & 4 or from year 4 only, to the benefit of the student. A full account of
programme regulations, compensation and credits is provided in the Marks and
Standards.
ENTRY CRITERIA
Applicants must meet the following criteria to be eligible for admission to the
Bachelor of Nursing Science (General) programme.
ƒ Applicants must be at least 17 years of age on 15 January of the year of entry
onto the programme.
ƒ The minimum educational requirements for admission to the programme is a
pass in the Leaving Certificate examination, having obtained a minimum of
grade C3 in higher level papers in any two of the subjects listed below and a
minimum of grade D3 in ordinary or higher level papers in the other four
subjects.
−
Irish (not Foundation Level)
−
English
−
Mathematics (not Foundation Level)
−
A laboratory science subject (Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
Physics and Chemistry (joint), Agricultural Science)
−
Any other two subjects acceptable for matriculation registration
purposes.
Or
109
−
ƒ
Have second level education qualifications equivalent to the
above
An applicant who does not meet the education requirements and who is 23
years of age or over on 15 January in the year of application may apply as a
mature student. A separate pathway is available for mature students.
Successful applicants must be of good mental and physical health and free from
any defect or abnormality which would interfere with the efficient performance
of their role as nurse. All successful applicants are required to have medical
screening and be deemed fit to undertake this role.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Selection of applicants meeting the minimal educational requirements is on the
basis of points obtained in the Leaving Certificate (or equivalent). Applicants apply
through the CAO. A separate pathway applies to mature applicants, that is, those
who are applying on the grounds of mature years only and not on the basis of
educational achievement. Further details are available from the Nursing Careers
Centre, An Bord Altranais.
110
BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE (INTERNATIONAL)
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degrees in Nursing &
Midwifery (NFQ Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie) Paragraphs to I to XII above, pp. 96
to 99.
This programme leads to the award of Bachelor of Nursing Science (International)
and registration in the General division of the Nurse Register maintained by An
Bord Altranais. The programme is offered in partnership with the Health Service
Executive, West and Danbury Hospital, Connecticut, United States.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
The Bachelor of Nursing Science (International) programme is a four-year
academic programme, which is delivered over two semesters for the first three
years. Year four of the programme comprises of clinical/theory instruction in
semester one and an extended clinical placement which occurs in year four,
semester two, to run over 40 weeks. The theoretical component comprises of
lectures, seminars, workshops, experiential learning, skills’ training and reading
time. The clinical practice placements are linked to the theoretical input. Clinical
practice modules require students to complete clinical placements throughout the
Health Service Executive (West) region and Danbury Hospital, Connecticut. While
on clinical placements students will be supervised by a named preceptor. In
accordance with An Bord Altranais the total requirements of the programme are 157
weeks.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
A. Theoretical content aims to provide students with the knowledge necessary to
underpin their professional practice. The following key themes will be
addressed:
B. Biological Sciences, providing students with a basis for understanding the
structure and function of the human body in health and ill-health.
C. Social Sciences, introducing students to the disciplines of sociology,
psychology, philosophy and law as applied to nursing practice. The overall aim
is to provide students with an understanding of what influences behaviour in
both personal and professional contexts
D. Nursing practice, including an exploration of the nature and goals of nursing,
the nursing management of the ill adult and specialist client groups and
preparation for practice. Later in the programme the focus is on enabling
students to make the transition from student nurse to registered practitioner
capable of working in Irish and US healthcare settings.
E. Research / Informatics, introducing students to the concepts and principles of
research and its use in clinical practice. Students will also have an opportunity
to develop competency in basic information technology skills.
F. Health assessment skills, focused on preparing students to carry out client
physical and mental health assessments.
G. Health promotion, introducing students to the principles and skills of promoting
health.
111
H. Leadership in nursing practice, students will examine factors that affect the
management of care and develop an understanding of theories of leadership and
management of change.
Clinical modules provide students with the opportunity to develop their nursing
skills in the reality of practice.
ASSESSMENT AND REGULATIONS
Each year both the theoretical and clinical components of the programme will be
assessed. Modules are assessed by means of a combination of written examinations
and coursework; this includes both theoretical and clinical modules. Students’
clinical performance/progress is assessed on an on-going basis while on placements
to determine competency. To be deemed competent students must attain the level
specified in the Assessment of Competency Tool, based on the Domains of
Competency identified by An Bord Altranais. Students must pass both theoretical,
clinical and competency assessments to be deemed to have passed the year.
Students will not be permitted to proceed to the next year of the programme until
they have met all the requirements specified in the Marks and Standards. Students
who fail to proceed must pass within one further year or they will be required to
withdraw from the programme.
To pass the programme overall students must pass the required theoretical, practice
and competency assessments. In addition, to be awarded the degree and to register
as a general nurse, students must meet the requirements for registration identified by
An Bord Altranais. . The final calculation of marks will be derived either from
years 3 & 4 or from year 4 only, to the benefit of the student. A full account of
programme regulations, compensation and credits is provided in the programme
Marks and Standards.
ENTRY CRITERIA
Applicants must meet the following criteria to be eligible for admission to the
Bachelor of Nursing Science (General) programme.
ƒ Applicants must be at least 17 years of age on 15 January of the year of entry
onto the programme.
ƒ US Applicants are assessed based on their High School transcripts and their
performance in standardised tests (SAT or ACT). To be considered for entry,
applicants must present six academic subjects, to include Mathematics, English
and a laboratory science subject, with an overall minimum GPA of 3.0. In
addition, students must present a composite SAT(I) score of 1700, or a
composite ACT score of 25. Preference is also given to applicants presenting
AP or SAT (II) test scores. The International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma is
also recognised for the purposes of admission. Applicants must also meet the
entry requirements stipulated by An Bord Altranais including: medical
clearance (students must be deemed fit through a medical screening) and have
police clearance Or
112
ƒ
Successful applicants must be of good mental and physical health and free from
any defect or abnormality which would interfere with the efficient performance
of their role as nurse. All applicants must undertake a medical and be deemed
fit to undertake this role.
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered applicants must meet the minimal requirements outlined above
outlined above. Selection will be made, by the programme team, on the basis of
applicants’ written application. Applications will be evaluated on the:
ƒ Applicant’s academic record.
ƒ Applicant’s level of motivation and suitability based on his/her Personal
Statement.
113
BACHELOR OF NURSING SCIENCE (PSYCHIATRIC)
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degrees in Nursing &
Midwifery (NFQ Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
This programme leads to the award of Bachelor of Nursing Science (Psychiatric)
and registration in the Psychiatric division of the Nurses Register maintained by An
Bord Altranais.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
The Bachelor of Nursing Science Programme is a four-year academic programme,
which is delivered over two semesters for the first three years. Year four of the
programme comprises of clinical/theory instruction in semester one and a clinical
internship which occurs in year four, semester two, to run over 36 weeks.
Students are required to be in clinical practice for 39 hours per week over the
internship period. Students are paid a salary during their clinical internship. In
total, students will complete 24 theoretical modules and 6 clinical modules.
Clinical modules will require students to complete clinical placement throughout
the Health Service Executive West. While on clinical internship students will be
supervised by a named preceptor, who is a Registered Nurse. Clinical modules
require students to be in clinical practice for 35 hours per week. Students are
supernumerary while on placement, that is, when not on clinical internship. Theory
modules are of 100 hours duration, of which a maximum of 50 hours is direct
contact.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Theoretical content aims to provide students with the knowledge necessary to
underpin their professional practice. The following key themes will be addressed:
ƒ Biological Sciences, providing students with a basis for understanding the
structure and function of the human body in health and ill-health.
ƒ Social Sciences, introducing students to the disciplines of sociology,
psychology, philosophy and law as applied to nursing practice. The overall aim
is to provide students with an understanding of what influences behaviour in
both personal and professional contexts
ƒ Nursing practice, including an exploration of the nature and goals of psychiatric
nursing, the nursing management of the mentally ill person and preparation for
practice. Later in the programme the focus is on enabling students to make the
transition from student nurse to registered practitioner.
ƒ Research / Informatics, introducing students to the concepts and principles of
research and its use in clinical practice. Students will also have an opportunity
to develop competency in basic I.T. skills.
ƒ Mental health promotion, introducing students to the principles and skills of
promoting mental health.
114
ƒ
Leadership in psychiatric nursing practice, students will examine factors that
affect the management of care and develop an understanding of theories of
leadership and management of change.
Clinical modules provide students with the opportunity to develop their nursing
skills in the reality of practice.
ASSESSMENT AND REGULATIONS
Each year both the theoretical and clinical components of the programme will be
assessed. Modules are assessed through a combination of written examinations and
coursework; this includes both theoretical and clinical modules. Students’ clinical
performance/progress is assessed on an on-going basis while on placements to
determine competency. To be deemed competent students must attain the level
specified in the Assessment of Competency Tool, based on the Domains of
Competency identified by An Bord Altranais. Students must pass both theoretical,
clinical and competency assessments to be deemed to have passed the year.
Students will not be permitted to proceed to the next year of the programme until
they have met all the requirements specified in the Marks and Standards. Students
who fail to proceed must pass within one further year or they will be required to
withdraw from the programme.
To pass the programme overall students must pass the required theoretical, practice
and competency assessments. In addition, to be awarded the degree and to register
as a psychiatric nurse, students must meet the requirements for registration
identified by An Bord Altranais. The final calculation of marks will be derived
from years 3 & 4 only. A full account of programme regulations, compensation and
credits is provided in the Marks and Standards.
ENTRY CRITERIA
Applicants must meet the following criteria to be eligible for admission to the
Bachelor of Nursing Science (Psychiatric) programme.
ƒ
ƒ
Applicants must be at least 17 years of age on 15 January of the year of entry
onto the programme
The minimum educational requirements for admission to the programme is a
pass in the Leaving Certificate examination, having obtained a minimum of
grade C3 in higher level papers in any two of the subjects listed below and a
minimum of grade D3 in ordinary or higher level papers in the other four
subjects.
−
Irish (not Foundation Level)
−
English
−
Mathematics (not Foundation Level)
−
A laboratory science subject (Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
Physics and Chemistry (joint), Agricultural Science)
−
Any other two subjects acceptable for matriculation registration
purposes.
115
Or
−
Have second level education qualifications equivalent to the
above
An applicant who does not meet the education requirements and who is 23
years of age or over on 15 January in the year of application may apply as a
mature student. A separate pathway is available for mature students.
Successful applicants must be of good mental and physical health and free from
any defect or abnormality which would interfere with the efficient performance
of their role as nurse. All applicants must undertake a medical and be deemed
fit to undertake this role.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Selection of applicants meeting the minimal educational requirements is on the
basis of points obtained in the Leaving Certificate (or equivalent). Applicants apply
through the CAO. A separate pathway applies to mature applicants, that is, those
who are applying on the grounds of mature years only and not on the basis of
educational achievement. Further details are available from the Nursing Careers
Centre, An Bord Altranais.
116
BACHELOR OF MIDWIFERY SCIENCE
Refer to General regulations for the Undergraduate Degrees in Nursing &
Midwifery (NFQ Level 8 Ref; www.nfq.ie)
On completion of this programme students are awarded the Bachelor of Midwifery
Science and are eligible to apply to register as a midwife with An Bord Altranais.
The programme is offered in partnership with the Health Service Executive West.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Theoretical content aims to provide students with the knowledge necessary to
underpin their professional practice. The following key themes are addressed:
•
Biological Sciences: Provides students with a basis to understand the structure
and functioning of the human body, with a specific emphasis on the knowledge
necessary to underpin midwifery practice.
•
Social Sciences: Introduces students to psychology, sociology, and philosophy
and its application to midwifery practice. The overall aim is to give students an
understanding of what influences behaviour in both personal and professional
contexts.
•
Midwifery Skills: Focuses on the different skills required to practice as a
midwife.
•
Midwifery Studies: Provides students with the knowledge of how to care for a
woman and her baby experiencing a normal pregnancy, childbirth and
puerperium and the woman and her baby experiencing complications during
pregnancy, childbirth and the puerperium.
•
Health Promotion: Introduces students to the principles of health and health
promotion in relation to midwifery practice.
•
Research: Gives students an in-depth understanding of research methods and its
application to midwifery practice. Students will also become competent in
basic IT skills with an emphasis on electronic information retrieval.
•
Leadership and clinical governance in nursing and midwifery practice : Focuses
on theories of leadership, management and change management and their
application to midwifery practice.
Clinical modules provide students with the opportunity to develop their midwifery
skills in the reality of practice.
ASSESSMENT AND REGULATIONS
Each year both the theoretical and clinical components of the programme are
assessed. Modules are assessed by means of a combination of written examinations
and coursework; this includes both theoretical and clinical modules. Students’
clinical performance/progress is assessed on an on-going basis while on placements
117
to determine competency. To be deemed competent students must attain the level
specified in the Competency Assessment Tool, based on the Domains of
Competence identified by An Bord Altranais. Students must pass both the
theoretical, clinical and competency assessments to be deemed to have passed the
year. Students will not be permitted to proceed to the next year of the programme
until they have met all the requirements specified in the Marks and Standards for
the programme. Students who fail to proceed must pass within one further year or
they will be required to withdraw from the programme.
To pass the programme overall, students must pass the required theoretical, practice
and competency assessments. In addition, to be awarded the degree and to apply to
register as a midwife, students must complete the minimum clinical practice
experience requirements and minimum number of clinical hours required by An
Bord Altranais. The final calculation of marks will be derived either from years 3
and 4 or from year 4 only, to the benefit of the student. A full account of
programme regulations, compensation and credits is provided in the Marks and
Standards.
ENTRY CRITERIA
Applicants must meet the following criteria to be eligible for admission to the
Bachelor of Midwifery Science programme.
ƒ Applicants must be at least 17 years of age on 15 January of the year of entry
onto the programme.
ƒ The minimum educational requirements for admission to the programme is a
pass in the Leaving Certificate examination, having obtained a minimum of
grade C3 in higher level papers in any two of the subjects listed below and a
minimum of grade D3 in ordinary or higher level papers in the other four
subjects.
−
Irish (not Foundation Level)
−
English
−
Mathematics (not Foundation Level)
−
A laboratory science subject (Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
Physics and Chemistry (joint), Agricultural Science)
−
Any other two subjects acceptable for matriculation registration
purposes.
Or
−
Have second level education qualifications equivalent to the
above
An applicant who does not meet the education requirements and who is 23 years of
age or over on the 1st January in the year of application may apply as a mature
student. A separate pathway is available for mature students.
ƒ
Successful applicants must be of good mental and physical health and free from
any defect or abnormality which would interfere with the efficient performance
118
of their role as midwife. All applicants must undertake medical screening and
be deemed fit to undertake this role. In addition each student must undergo
Garda Vetting.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Selection of applicants meeting the minimal educational requirements is on the
basis of points obtained in the Leaving Certificate (or equivalent). Applicants apply
through the CAO. A separate pathway applies to mature applicants, that is, those
who are applying on the grounds of mature years only and not on the basis of
educational achievement. Further details are available from the Nursing Careers
Centre, An Bord Altranais.
119
120
SECTION B
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
121
COLLEGE OF MEDICINE, NURSING & HEALTH SCIENCES
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS
Full Time Structured PhD
The core component of doctoral training is the advancement of knowledge through
original research. The full-time PhD programme is now a ‘structured’ 4 year
programme, but it may be completed in a shorter period where there is approval by the
supervisor and the relevant School. The qualification is designed to enhance, improve
and directly engage the student in relative research skills. In addition, it will offer the
student disciplinary or dissertation-specific modules, as well as generic and transferable
skills. The programme is student-centred and insists on the overriding and primary
importance of scholarly research as reflected in the writing of a dissertation or in work
directed towards a comparable practice-based project. The programme offers a broad
template designed to provide the maximum flexibility of choice for the student while
respecting the wide range of disciplines and scholarly methodologies encompassed by
the various disciplinary units within the College.
The central role of the structured PhD is to nurture a distinctive, original and publishable
contribution to knowledge and the provision of a structure for the acquisition of highlevel skills in research methods, analysis and communication. Successful completion
and examination of the research thesis is the fundamental basis for the award of the PhD
degree.
At the core of this programme is the allocation of a large portion ECTS to the research
element of the PhD, the balancing ECTs for a given year (90 ECTs=1 Year PhD) are
divided between discipline and transferable skills modules. Discipline-or dissertationspecific modules are courses that have a direct and immediate bearing on the topic of the
student’s dissertation; transferable skills modules are courses that offer the student a
skill expertise in a subject or area that may be ‘transferred’ to employment other than
academia. Students will choose modules in consultation with her/his supervisor or
supervisory committee.
Entry Requirements
The entry requirements for doctoral students are set out in the University’s General
Calendar and also listed under the appropriate School headings in this calendar. Entrants
will be expected to have no less than an upper second class honours degree in the
discipline to which they are applying.
Course Entry and Registration
Application to the structured PhD will be made according to standard University
admission procedures. Students will be selected on the basis of a detailed proposal
submitted in the normal way and assessed by the Graduate Research Committee of the
relevant discipline. The structured PhD programme can commence anytime in the
academic year up until February each year.
122
Programme Content
All students must take the mandatory Induction session in the first year of their
registration on the Structured PhD Programme. Students then in consultation with their
Graduate Research Committee agree a structured approach to their research, transferable
skills and discipline specific skills requirements bringing them to a total of 90 ECTs per
annum for the first three years. These 90 ECTs must include some elements of
transferable and discipline specific modules. In the final year of the PhD it is expected
that the full ECT weighting be allocated to research. No student may register for a
module without the consent of the Supervisor/Supervisory Committee.
For full details of the modules available in 2011/12, please go to:
http://www.nuigalway.ie/colleges/mnhs/research.html.
Assessment
All modules on the Structured PhD have a 65% pass rate.
All candidates for doctoral study will enter the programme as PhD track with a strict
procedure in place for confirming their status as PhD students at the end of the first year.
Students will at the end of the first year of study (and each subsequent year) meet with
their graduate research committee who will review the research activity of the student
for that particular year. Those students whose PhD status remains ‘unconfirmed’ may
need to further satisfy the GRC meeting of their ability to progress. A presentation at the
GRC meeting is optional The committee responsible for the student’s supervision will
either confirm continuation on PhD track or make a recommendation to the College for
change of status to a research Masters degree. In normal circumstances the principal
supervisor will remain in place for the duration of the research masters programme.
For general information regarding the submission and examination of the thesis, please
refer to the University’s General Calendar.
Part Time: A Part Time Structured PhD will be introduced in 2012/2012. The format
of this programme will be similar to the programme as outlined above. Students will
however only be required to take between 20 and 60 ECTs during their studies.
The traditional research only part time PhD will also remain available. Please refer to
the University General calendar and the appropriate School section in this calendar for
further information on these programmes.
123
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
TAUGHT POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA AND MASTERS
PROGRAMMES
(NFQ level 9 awards; ref. www.nfq.ie)
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Candidates for admission to the programme should hold an appropriate primary
degree or appropriate professional qualifications and work experience.
PROGRAMME DURATION
The Postgraduate Diploma programme is taught over two years part-time attending one
full day per week.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The Postgraduate Diploma is a taught modular programme comprising eight core
modules.
Module
Code
HP 856
HP 858
HP 861
HP 844
HP848
HP 805
HP862
HP 837
Module Title
Introduction to Health Services Research methods
Health Services
Epidemiology and Statistical Methods in HSR
Health Informatics
Determinants of Health
Health and Public Policy
Evaluation,
Quality and Economics
in Health
Research
Research Protocol
ECTS
10
5
10
5
10
5
Services 10
5
Where there is no examination indicated it may be assumed that the examination is by
continuous assessment = CA
ASSESSMENT:
Assessment shall be by means of written papers, continuous assessment and an oral
examination. Marks are returned for eight modules. A maximum of 2 attempts is
allowed in each written examination.
STANDARD:
Pass: 50%
Second class honours: 60%
First class honours: 70%
PROGRESSION ROUTES
124
Students who successfully complete the Postgraduate Diploma to second class honours
standard (i.e. 60% on the aggregate) can apply to take a top-up Masters by means of a
minor dissertation provided they fulfill the normal entry requirements for the Masters
programme.
125
MASTERS IN HEALTH SCIENCES (HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH)
The Masters programme incorporates the taught component of the Postgraduate Diploma
in Health Services Research programme with a minor dissertation based on original
research.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
A Second-class Honours primary degree in science, social science, or a related
subject, or a degree in medicine.
PROGRAMME DURATION
Both the Postgraduate Diploma and the Masters programmes are taught over two
years part-time attending one full day per week.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Masters students must complete the taught modular programme of the Postgraduate
Diploma programme.
Module
Code
HP 856
HP 858
HP 861
HP 844
HP848
HP 805
HP 862
HP 837
HP841
Module Title
ECTS
Introduction to Health Services Research methods
Health Services
Epidemiology and Statistical Methods in HSR
Health Informatics
Determinants of Health
Health and Public Policy
Evaluation,
Quality and Economics in HSR
Research Protocol
Dissertation
10
5
10
5
10
5
10
5
30
Masters students must submit a dissertation of not more than 20,000 words based on
original research in the field of Health Services Research not less than four moths
after completion of the taught Diploma programme.
ASSESSMENT
Standard:
Pass: 50%
Second class honours: 60%
First class honours: 70%
Assessment shall be by means of written papers, continuous assessment and a
discretionary oral examination. A maximum of two attempts is allowed in each written
examination. Masters students must complete the taught programme second class
honours standard (60%) and must submit a dissertation not less than four months from
completion of the taught programme.
126
The Masters degree shall not be awarded to any candidate who does not achieve a pass
mark (50%) in the dissertation. In this event students will have the facility to exit the
Masters programme with the Diploma in Health Services Research.
Marks are returned for eight modules as per the Postgraduate Diploma in Health
Services Research, plus a mark for the dissertation plus an overall aggregate for both.
127
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS
Ph.D Degree
The School of Health Sciences is committed to creating an active, dynamic research
culture and aspires to be a centre of excellence in its targeted areas of research. Through
its research the School aims to support the provision of high quality nursing care and to
contribute to the improvement of people’s health and well-being.
Duration:
Full-time (Structured)-See College Structured PhD Entry
Part-time (18 terms)
Assessment:
Research Thesis
Entry requirements
To pursue a PhD potential candidates should discuss the matter with the Head of School
or relevant academic staff member. Candidates should have an honours degree in a
relevant academic discipline.
Application Procedures
Interested applicants should in the first instance consult the list of key research areas of
the School of Health Sciences as outlined below and make contact with the Head of
School or with the academic staff member concerned directly. In the event that the Head
of School is willing to recommend that the candidate be accepted, a supervisory
committee will be assigned to supervise the candidate’s research. Following informal
consultation, a formal application from the candidate will be considered by the College
of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences and Academic Council and a decision
regarding the application will be formally communicated to the candidate.
Application
Applications to research programmes are made online via The Postgraduate
Applications Centre (PAC).
The School’s key research interests are as follows:
Health Promotion
• Adolescent health
• Community health
• Environmental health
• Evidence-based practice and evaluation research in health promotion
• Global health.
• Health and human rights
• Health and the media
• Health Behaviour in School Children (HBSC).
• Health impact assessment methodologies and evaluation
• Health inequalities
• Health policy
128
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Health promotion competencies.
Health promotion in the travelling community
Health services research.
Immigrant health
Mental health promotion
Qualitative methodologies
Sexual and reproductive health
Substance use and risk taking and women’s health
Violence and injury prevention
Workplace bullying and Workplace Health Promotion
Occupational Therapy
• Aquired and Traumatic Brain Injury
• Evidence Based Practice
• Cognitive & Neuro-rehabilitation
Podiatry
• Tissue viability/ lower extremity wounds
• Management of the at risk limb
• Diabetic foot disease
• Tissue stress
• Foot and ankle biomechanics
• Joint instability
• Gait analysis
• Orthoses therapy
• Footwear
• Evidence based practice
• Interprofessional working in clinical practice
Speech & Language Therapy
• Psycholinguistics
• Language and Cognition
• Language Structure
129
MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY - M.Phil. (HEALTH SCIENCES)
This one-year full-time or two-year part-time programme is aimed to prepare graduates
to develop, improve and enhance knowledge and understanding in their chosen area of
research. The
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The dissertation will normally involve the design of an empirical study and the
collection and analysis of data under the supervision of an academic member of the
discipline. The dissertation will be a piece of original research conducted by the student
in the area of Health Promotion, Occupational Therapy, Podiatry or Speech and
Language Therapy.
Students undertaking the M.Phil. will acquire skills and knowledge in the following
areas:
• Theoretical background to the concepts and principles underlying the research
topic
• Understand different research designs and be able to apply appropriate and
feasible approaches to study
• Use research literature critically to identify and assess evidence for decisions in
the module area
• Understand the relationship between research evidence and policy
• Communicate research evidence competently
• Demonstrate ability in key research and presentation skills, including
competence to carry out a literature search, to critically review published
literature, to evaluate research findings and to draw relevant policy and
practice conclusions.
ASSESSMENT
The dissertation will initially be graded by two assessors who will then agree a grade
and mark that is reviewed by the External Examiner. The student may undertake an oral
examination after submission of thesis.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
To purse with M.Phil, potential candidates should discuss the matter first with the Head
of Discipline or relevant academic staff member / potential supervisor. Candidates
should have a postgraduate honours degree award (at least second class honours), or
equivalent in a relevant academic discipline.
If candidates do not meet the above requirements, they may be permitted to take the
qualifying examination for the M.Phil. programme, but only on the recommendation of
the Head of Discipline or Programme Board, duly approved by College. A short-listing
procedure will be applied based on the applicant’s application details, a discretionary
interview may take place.
130
SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
TAUGHT POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA AND MASTERS
PROGRAMMES
(NFQ level 9 awards; ref. www.nfq.ie)
POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE & POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
HEALTH SCIENCES (CLINICAL PRIMARY CARE)
OVERVIEW
There is an increasing expectation for community based health professionals to
demonstrate their continuing competence in primary care. Inter-disciplinary learning
provides new and interesting challenges for primary care professionals that reflect
many of the issues that occur in the context of primary care teams.
This course aims to meet the learning needs of general practitioners and community
based nurses in the management of disease in the community. It aims to give
practitioners up-to-date, relevant, in-depth understanding and knowledge of common
conditions to assist in the management of disease in practice.
ENTRY
Applicants must be clinically qualified healthcare professionals working in a primary
care setting. Applicants from secondary care may also be considered. Parts of the
programme are delivered in distance learning format and general computer literacy is
essential for this.
COURSE STRUCTURE
The Clinical Primary Care collection is a suite of modules on clinical and related nonclinical topics. It has been designed with maximum flexibility in mind to meet the
needs of busy health professionals. You can take a single module in a subject of your
choice or you can construct your own course at Postgraduate Certificate or
Postgraduate Diploma levels by choosing a selection of modules that suit your needs.
Modules can be accumulated over up to five years (or one year) as you wish.
The modules are delivered using an e-learning platform supported by dedicated skills
training sessions at NUI Galway (usually two non-consecutive days per module). The
distance education format allows you to engage in learning at a time and place that suit
your lifestyle.
Postgraduate Certificate (30 ECTS) = any 3 modules, at least 2 clinical.
Postgraduate Diploma (60 ECTS) = any 6 modules, at least 3 clinical.
131
COURSE CONTENT
The modules are listed below. In all modules there is an emphasis on practical
application of the learning practice.
Clinical Modules
Diabetes in Primary care
Cardiovascular Disease in Primary care
Infectious Disease in Primary Care
Women’s Health in Primary Care
Respiratory Disease in Primary Care
Minor Surgery and Related Dermatology in General Practice
ECTS
12
12
12
12
12
12
Non-Clinical Modules
Concepts and Principles of Primary Care
Health Research Methods
Evidence Based Primary Care
Clinical Teaching Methodologies
ECTS
12
12
12
12
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed via a combination of submitting a practice-based assignment,
participating in online activities, and attending skills workshops.
The pass standard for each module and for the course is 50%. The standard for the
award of a second class honours is the attainment of 60% or greater on the aggregate of
the modular scores. A first class honours is awarded on an aggregate result of 70% or
greater. Normally, honours may be awarded only when the examination is passed at the
first attempt.
COMPENSATION
Compensation between modules will not be permitted.
132
POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE & POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN
HEALTH SCIENCES (CLINICAL EDUCATION)
RATIONALE
In the health professions, much of the undergraduate teaching and most
postgraduate education takes place in clinical settings. Most clinical teachers have
little background knowledge of adult learning and have received no formal training
in clinical teaching techniques. The purpose of this programme is to provide health
professionals with the knowledge and skills required for effective clinical teaching
and to become successful clinical supervisors and motivators of student learning.
PROGRAMME OBJECTIVES
The Postgraduate Certificate and Postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Education are
aimed at qualified health professionals for whom clinical teaching forms part of
their role or work plan. The aims of the programmes are to provide a theoretical and
experiential platform for the participants to develop expertise in all of the key
components of clinical teaching.
By the end of the Postgraduate Certificate Programme the learners will be able to:
1. Demonstrate an awareness of the key relevant theories of learning and how they
relate to clinical teaching
2. Construct learning events or programmes based on an understanding of the
principles of adult learning and programme design
3. Implement and evaluate effective clinical teaching using appropriate theory
based techniques
4. Demonstrate an understanding of the purposes and effects of assessment
5. Participate in the design and implementation of objective and reflective
methods of assessment
6. Demonstrate proficiency in key teaching skills such as small, large group
teaching, giving feedback, using questions appropriately and learner appraisal.
In addition, by the end of the Postgraduate Diploma Programme the learners will be
able to:
• Design and implement assessments of clinical competence and performance
• Demonstrate an understanding of individual and group supervision techniques
• Demonstrate an understanding of how to design and oversee effective
continuing professional development
• Design, implement and evaluate a clinical teaching project
133
ELIGIBILITY AND SELECTION:
The programme will be offered to health professionals who have completed their
undergraduate degrees and have achieved full registration status, or equivalent.
Applicants must be currently registered with their relevant professional body and
actively involved in clinical practice. The programme will also be open to registered
health professionals (who qualified prior to the modern degree route) and who have
a minimum of 2 years post registration experience in their clinical profession.
Applicants will be selected on the basis of the quality of their application measured
against established criteria.
PROGRAMME CAPACITY
Applicants can register for the Postgraduate Certificate or the Postgraduate
Diploma. Progression to the Postgraduate Diploma requires successful completion
of the Postgraduate Certificate programme. The capacity for the combined
programmes is 30 students.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE
The Postgraduate Certificate programme will be delivered over two semesters and
the Postgraduate Diploma programme over 3 semesters. The Postgraduate
Certificate will comprise 4 modules and the Postgraduate Diploma 6 modules plus a
clinical teaching project.
Most programme material will be delivered using distance learning techniques.
Programme materials will be made available sequentially on the Blackboard virtual
learning environment. Communication and discussion will be electronic and
assessments will be submitted online. The distance learning components will be
supported by face-to-face teaching skills workshops.
Each module will require approximately 50 hours of effort of which 25 hours will
be contact time. The contact hours include reading formal programme materials,
participation in practical workshops, participation in discussion board activities,
carrying out assignments and mini projects (e-tivities), and the practical application
of new knowledge in the workplace. The Postgraduate Diploma clinical teaching
project will include a further 50 contact hours including work based project design,
implementation, evaluation and online supervision.
PROGRAMME OUTLINE
The majority of teaching is by distance learning. The skills of clinical teaching are
taught in 5 one day residential workshops. The first of these will take place in
October (programme introduction, e-learning skills and clinical teaching skills). The
latter two workshops will be held Jan-March in semester 2. In addition, there is a
two-day face-to-face introductory workshop in September.
134
Module
Trimester
1
Learning Theory in Clinical Settings
2
Clinical Teaching Course Design
3
Clinical Teaching Methodologies
4
Assessment and Evaluation of Clinical Teaching
5
Measurement of Competence and Performance
6
Professional Development
Clinical Teaching Project
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
Sep-Dec
Sep-Dec
Jan-Mar
Jan-Mar
Apr-Jul
Apr-Jul
Apr-Jul
ASSESSMENT
Modules are assessed by problem based assignment and e-tivity. The assignment
should be not less than 1,000 words and not more than 1,500 words long. Students
will be asked to solve a generic clinical teaching problem using knowledge and
skills gained during the module in question. They will also have to justify their
choice of solution using evidence from the programme and other resources. The
assignment is assessed according to criteria which are published in the programme
handbook. Each problem based assignment is worth 55% of the marks for the
module in question.
E-tivities (or electronic activities) are short assessments designed to test candidates
ability to link the theoretical constructs offered by the modular programme
materials to the work that they do as teachers. Each e-tivity will require students to
submit between 300 and 500 words in response to an e-tivity exercise. Each e-tivity
will account for 15% of the total marks for the module.
The major assessment for the Postgraduate Diploma is a clinical teaching project.
The clinical teaching project involves students completing a proposal for a real or
planned clinical teaching programme including a rationale for the programme, an
indication of the proposed content, a set of learning objectives, an indication of the
proposed teaching methodologies, an assessment strategy, and an evaluation plan.
The clinical teaching project should include a justification for the teaching methods,
the assessments and the evaluation tools used using evidence derived from the
programme and from other resources.
135
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (HEALTH
INFORMATICS)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The Health Informatics programmes introduce candidates to techniques and
frameworks to enable them to critically appraise scientific evidence to answer
researchable clinical questions and conduct dedicated research in their own
speciality or field. The postgraduate programmes are designed for health care
providers with an interest in evidence-based medicine and health and medical
research. Content is delivered via face-to-face teaching (block weeks) and distance
learning. Beginners in EBM are brought to an advanced level through enquiry based
learning.
The Postgraduate Diploma is a one year part time course completed over two
semesters (60 ECTS). The programme consists of six modules with candidates
completing three modules each semester. Candidates fulfilling the requirements of
the Postgraduate Diploma will be eligible for progression onto the Masters in
Medical Science (Health Informatics) programmes.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Successful applicants will normally hold a primary degree in health care, medicine
or equivalent qualification, at second class honours grade one level or above, in a
relevant subject. Competence in English language equivalent to IELTS 6.5.
25 places available
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Graduates of our Postgraduate Diploma in Medical Science have gone on to pursue
careers in a diverse range of fields including the completion of a Masters degree in
Medical Science, Medical Research and improved professional attitude in daily
practice (Evidence Based Practice/Medicine).
PROGRAMME AIMS
The broad aim of this programme is to strengthen a health care provider’s knowledge
and skills in subjects particular to medical research and clinical teaching. In
particular the programme aims to:
• Using a blend of enquiry based learning and a self-directed interactive
approach, by the end of this programme you should be able to:
• To search, retrieve, and store scientific information related to a specific topic of
interest.
• Demonstrate critical appraisal skills regarding specified scientific literature.
• Demonstrate an ability to ask researchable questions related to a specified field
of interest.
• To detect the validity and reliability of published evidence and measurement
devices aimed to be used in a future research project.
136
•
•
•
•
•
•
To write a scientific essay in Word and referencing according to Vancouver
formats ( Word plus Endnote)
To know how to use advanced descriptive and inferential statistics and critical
appraisal of published statistics.
Demonstrate competence in designing your own research design and to produce
an appropriate research proposal.
To organise a research meeting(s) with fellow researchers/heads of departments
aiming the launch of your own research strand.
To submit an approved research proposal.
To be enrolled in the second year of the Master of Medical Science (Health
Informatics)
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme may be taken on a part-time basis over at least 1 year.
Programme Content
All modules are delivered in one week blocks and include distance learning elements.
Time table details: modules completed over two semesters
Modules, Year 1, Semester 1
ECTS
Finding the Needle in the I-stack (E-resources)
10
Lies, Damned Lies, and Statistics
10
From Popper to Proposal (research methods)
10
Modules, Year 1, Semester 2
Searching the Internet (Advanced Level)
10
Research Methods (Advanced Level)
10
Advanced Statistics
10
Deadline for Final Research Proposal
Spring
137
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (ENDOVASCULAR
SURGERY)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
A new study programme combining practical endovascular surgical training with
evidence based medical research skills.
GENERAL
The Endovascular Training content is provided under the guidance of vascular
surgeons from the Western Vascular Institute. The curriculum is taught through
hands-on, supervised training, and supervised sessions in the Endovascular surgery
teaching lab, and weekly scheduled educational meetings.
Candidates will apply knowledge and skills to search for and critically appraise
scientific evidence to answer researchable clinical questions, to submit a research
proposal and to complete this proposal through a research thesis in endovascular
surgery.
PROGRAMME AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The aim of the study programme is to combine practical endovascular surgical
training with evidence based medical research skills.
By the end of this programme you should be able to:
• To search, retrieve, and store scientific information related to a specific topic of
interest within endovascular surgery.
• Demonstrate critical appraisal skills regarding specified scientific literature.
• Demonstrate an ability to ask researchable questions related to endovascular
surgery.
• To detect the validity and reliability of published evidence and measurement
devices aimed to be used in a future research project.
• To write a scientific essay in Word and referencing according to Vancouver
formats (Word plus Endnote).
• To know how to use advanced descriptive and inferential statistics and critical
appraisal of published statistics.
• Demonstrate competence in designing your own research design and to produce
an appropriate research proposal.
• To organise a research meeting(s) with fellow researchers/heads of departments
aiming the launch of your own research strand.
• To submit an approved research proposal.
• Understand the basic concepts of all endovascular surgery procedures,
including:
Imaging equipment, radiation physics, and safety
Diagnostic arteriography and venography
Guide wire and catheter skills
Percutaneous vascular access
138
Percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA)
Subintimal Angioplasty
Intravascular stents
Pharmacologic and mechanical thrombolytic therapy
Stent-grafts for endovascular repair of abdominal aortic aneurysms
Coil embolization (to facilitate endovascular AAA repair)
Closure of percutaneous access sites
Accepted intra-arterial and intracaval filtering devices
ECTS WEIGHTING
60 ECTS.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Applicants must be a qualified and registered medical physician/surgeon, and
enrolled on the Western Vascular Institute’s Endovascular Training Programme as
well as other suitably qualified medical persons.
Competence in English language equivalent to IELTS 6.5.
EXAMINATION ARRANGEMENTS
Candidates will be required to complete individual assignments and presentations
for each module. Assessment will be by two combined MCQs and assignments for
modules 1–3, and 4– 6 respectively. A detailed research proposal including a
scientific review of the literature (introduction section), and a full-fledged research
proposal (method section) together with regular attendance will be part of the final
exam.
Candidates must complete a logbook and there will be ongoing evaluation of the
knowledge, competency, attitudes, and performance of the Endovascular surgery
trainees. The assessment will include cognitive, motor, and interpersonal skills as
well as Endovascular surgery judgment, to verify the individual has demonstrated
sufficient professional ability to practice Endovascular surgery therapy completely
and independently. This evaluation will be performed at three-monthly intervals, as
well as upon completion of the training programme.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Graduates of our previous programmes have gone on to pursue careers in a diverse
range of fields of health and medical research including MDs and PhDs and
improved professional knowledge, skills and attitudes in daily practice (Evidence
Based Medicine – Endovascular Surgery).
139
PROGRAMME CONTENT (SUBJECT TO CHANGE)
Specialist surgical training combined with six research modules—one year.
Modules, Year 1, Semester 1
ECTS
Finding the Needle in the I-stack (E-resources)
10
Lies, Damned Lies, and Statistics
10
From Popper to Proposal (research methods)
10
Modules, Year 1, Semester 2
Searching the Internet (Advanced Level)
10
Research Methods (Advanced Level)
10
Advanced Statistics
10
Deadline for Final Research Proposal
Spring
140
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SPORTS & EXERCISE
PHYSIOTHERAPY
A new revised and updated programme offered in conjunction with the University of
Limerick. The Postgraduate Diploma in Sports and Exercise Physiotherapy
combines practical training with evidence based medical research skills.
Part-time Postgraduate Diploma two years - Places limited to 10
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The overall intention of the Post Graduate Diploma programme is to produce a
successful student with a wide breadth of knowledge across Sports & Exercise
Physiotherapy and the necessary skills to put the theory into practice
PROGRAMME AIMS & OBJECTIVES
The programme will provide physiotherapists with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The necessary scientific background knowledge to appreciate the issues arising
in the field of Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy.
The necessary skills and knowledge to provide advice on the prevention of
sports injuries.
Up to date training in modern methods of assessing, diagnosing and treating
sports injuries including emergency care.
Opportunities to learn about the theory and application of Sports Psychology,
Podiatry, Biomechanics, Sports Nutrition, Sports Pharmacology, Exercise
Physiology, Fitness Assessment and ethical issues within sport.
Opportunity to learn about the medical applications of exercise in maintaining
health and in disease
An introduction to research appropriate to the field of Sports & Exercise
Physiotherapy
ECTS WEIGHTING
60 ECTS
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Applicants must be chartered physiotherapy graduates (BSc Physiotherapy NUI) of
National University of Ireland or another university deemed acceptable, and have a
minimum of two year’s experience post qualification.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Short listed applicants may be called to interview and the final selection made at that
point. Preference will be given to applicants with a strong sporting background,
either personal involvement or recognized service provision.
141
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy
Musculoskeletal Anatomy
Sports Injuries 1
Biomechanics
Exercise Physiology
Sports Injuries 2
Bioinformatics and Bioethics
ECTS
5
5
5
5
5
5
Pre Existing Medical Conditions and Exercise
Clinical Exercise Rehabilitation
Biostatistics
Population Health and Exercise programming
Medical Emergencies
Sport, Exercise, and Performance
5
5
5
5
5
5
142
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
Year 2
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SPORTS & EXERCISE MEDICINE
A new revised and updated programme offered in conjunction with the University of
Limerick. The Postgraduate Diploma in Sports and Exercise Medicine combines
practical training with evidence based medical research skills.
Part-time Postgraduate Diploma- two years - Places limited to 10
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The overall intention of the Postgraduate Diploma programme is to produce a
successful student with a wide breadth of knowledge across Sports & Exercise
Physiotherapy and the necessary skills to put the theory into practice
PROGRAMME AIMS & OBJECTIVES
The programme will provide doctors with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The necessary scientific background knowledge to appreciate the issues arising
in the field of Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy.
The necessary skills and knowledge to provide advice on the prevention of
sports injuries.
Up to date training in modern methods of assessing, diagnosing and treating
sports injuries including emergency care.
Opportunities to learn about the theory and application of Sports Psychology,
Podiatry, Biomechanics, Sports Nutrition, Sports Pharmacology, Exercise
Physiology, Fitness Assessment and ethical issues within sport.
Opportunity to learn about the medical applications of exercise in maintaining
health and in disease
An introduction to research appropriate to the field of Sports & Exercise
Physiotherapy
ECTS WEIGHTING
60 ECTS
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Applicants must be medical graduates of National University of Ireland or another
university deemed acceptable, and have a minimum of one year’s experience after
registration with the Irish Medical Council.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Short listed applicants may be called to interview and the final selection made at that
point. Preference will be given to applicants with a strong sporting background,
either personal involvement or recognized service provision.
143
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy
Musculoskeletal Anatomy
Sports Injuries 1
Biomechanics
Exercise Physiology
Sports Injuries 2
Bioinformatics and Bioethics
ECTS
5
5
5
5
5
5
Pre Existing Medical Conditions and Exercise
Clinical Exercise Rehabilitation
Biostatistics
Population Health and Exercise programming
Medical Emergencies
Sport, Exercise, and Performance
5
5
5
5
5
5
144
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
Year 2
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL SCIENCE
(MUSCULOSKELETAL MEDICINE)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
An exciting new study programme in integrated musculoskeletal practice aimed at
establishing a method of musculoskeletal assessment, clinical reasoning and a
choice of appropriate treatment of the spectrum of musculoskeletal conditions
presenting at the frontline. The programme incorporates critical evaluation of the
existing tenets of musculoskeletal medicine practice, and includes mastery of the
skills required to undertake advanced research and develop innovative skills in
practice. Content is delivered via face-to-face teaching (block weeks) and distance
learning. Beginners in EBM are brought to an advanced level through enquiry based
learning.
The Postgraduate Diploma is a one year part time course completed over two
semesters (60 ECTS). The programme consists of six modules with candidates
completing three modules each semester. Candidates fulfilling the requirements of
the Postgraduate Diploma will be eligible for progression onto the Masters in
Medical Science (Musculoskeletal Medicine) programmes.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
This programme is open to Registered Medical Practitioners, Chartered
Physiotherapists, Podiatrists and Advanced Nurse Practitioners or equivalent.
Competence in English language equivalent to IELTS 6.5.
25 places available
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
This programme is designed to enhance the academic and professional development
of professional health care practitioners. The future models of care delivery in the
field of musculoskeletal medicine will require up-skilling of Doctors and
Physiotherapists, Podiatrist and Advanced Nurse practitioners to meet the challenges
of their new role. This course will improve professional knowledge, skills, and
attitudes in daily practice (Evidence-Based Healthcare).
PROGRAMME AIMS
The musculoskeletal medicine components of the programme include:
• Connective tissue injury and repair
• Pain theory
• Fundamentals of examination and treatment
• Choice of appropriate imaging
• Introduction to injection treatment
In the informatics and biostatistics modules candidates will learn how:
• To search, retrieve, and critically appraise scientific information
145
•
•
Formulate research questions
Interpret evidence based guidelines & protocols related to patient
information
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme may be taken on a part-time basis over at least 1 year.
Programme Content
All modules are delivered in one week blocks and include distance learning elements.
Time table details: modules completed over two semesters
Modules, Year 1, Semester 1
ECTS
Musculoskeletal Medicine I
10
Informatics I
10
Biostatistics I
10
Modules, Year 1, Semester 2
Musculoskeletal Medicine II
10
Informatics II
10
Biostatistics II
10
Deadline for Final Research Proposal
Spring
146
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN HEALTH SCIENCES (PRIMARY CARE)
COURSE DESCRIPTION
This is an exciting time for professionals working in the rapidly changing healthcare
policy context. The opportunities presented by the HSE Transformation process
pose challenges to traditional ways of working, while advancing research brings
new approaches to healthcare management. We aim to meet the evolving
educational needs of health and social care professionals working at the forefront of
this ever-changing environment. The programme aims are:
• To allow primary care practitioners to learn with and from each other in a
structured educational environment to develop the knowledge, skills and
attitudes for effective multidisciplinary working in primary care.
• To develop effective leaders, managers and members of primary health care
teams.
• To explore the role of primary care in the health service.
• To increase knowledge and skills for evidence-based practice and information
management within a changing health care environment.
• To foster a critical approach to practice by a)developing an analytical approach
to published work, b)learning about the work of others and c)examining own
work using the technique of reflective practice writing.
• To increase understanding of human behaviour in relation to health, illness and
health care in order to improve effectiveness of interaction with patients and
other health care professionals.
• To develop knowledge and skills to plan, implement and evaluate new
developments in health care delivery.
COURSE STRUCTURE
This is an inter-disciplinary course delivered over eight months using a mix of elearning and face to face teaching. E-learning is supported by comprehensive
distance learning packs. Face to face teaching uses a collaborative learning model
and requires attendance in Galway for two consecutive weekdays each month (four
days in September and February).
ENTRY
The Postgraduate Diploma in Primary Care is directed at the wide range of
specialists who provide primary care. Candidates for the course should have an
appropriate primary degree, professional qualification or equivalent experience and
work in a health care setting. Selection is based on relevant professional experience,
ability/opportunity to apply learning to daily work, and academic record. Computer
literacy is an essential requirement for this course.
147
COURSE CONTENT
The course syllabus and assessment are designed to meet the aims of the course
with an emphasis being placed on knowledge and skills required for effective
teamwork. A group project is compulsory part of the course. This allows students to
work together in a multidisciplinary group to use the knowledge gained in the
taught modules. These are outlined below:
• Concepts and Principles of Primary Care
• Evidence Based Primary Care
• Health Research Methods
• Teambuilding and Communication Skills
• Health Promotion
• Health Economics
• Healthcare Ethics
• Psychology for Primary Care
• Sociology of Health and Illness
ASSESSMENT
This is a 60 ECTS course. Assessment is based on course assignments, participation
in online discussions, a group project and a reflective practice journal.
A 70% minimum attendance rate is required for satisfactory completion of the
course. Non-attendance must be accompanied by relevant medical certification.
Students must submit three essays, each worth 5 ECTS – they have a choice of
writing on psychology, sociology, health economics or ethics.
Students must submit an assignment in health promotion, also worth 5 ECTS, and a
Reflective Practice Journal, worth 10 ECTS.
Primary care, research methods and evidence based health care are assessed by
means of one group project worth 18 ECTS. In addition, students are graded on
their participation in distance learning exercises. These are worth 12 ECTS
collectively. Marks for the group project and distance learning exercises are
returned to the Examinations Office as a single result worth 30 ECTS.
COMPENSATION
Students who achieve 40-49% in an assessment may compensate between modules.
Students who compensate between modules cannot be awarded an overall Honours
result. There is no limit to the ECT’s they can compensate in.
148
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA and MASTERS IN SURGERY (MCh)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
An exciting new study programme the Masters Degree in Surgery (MCh) is
designed to enhance the academic and professional development of surgical trainees
by improving the level of scientific appreciation for evidence-based clinical
practice. Running parallel to the basic surgical training scheme (BST) this
programme will provide surgical trainees with the academic and scientific research
skills needed for progression to higher surgical training schemes and academic
surgery.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Successful candidates will hold a primary degree in Medicine and are conferred
with the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery and Bachelor of
Obstetrics (M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O.). The applicants should be selected for the BST
national programme but will be required to demonstrate an equivalent clinical and
academic competence and have appropriate interview and clinical skills. Candidates
not on the BST programme may be eligible and interviews will apply. Competence
in English language equivalent to IELTS 6.5. 25 places available
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
This programme is designed to enhance the academic and professional development
of surgeons. The combination of professional surgical training and research output
will appeal to graduates intending to apply for higher surgical training (HST)
schemes in Surgery or similar medical specialities. Surgeons require recognised
postgraduate research and academic qualifications for progression to higher surgical
training schemes. This programme will serve as a stepping stone to an MD or PhD.
PROGRAMME AIMS
The aims of this programme include:
• To enhance the academic and professional development of surgeons
• Up-skilling of surgeons to meet the challenges of their new role
• Improve professional knowledge and attitudes in daily practice
• To search, retrieve, and critically appraise scientific information
• Formulate research questions
• Interpret evidence based guidelines & protocols related to patient
information
•
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme may be taken on a part-time basis over a 3 year period. An exit
award, The Postgraduate Diploma in Surgery is available after year 2.
149
Programme Content
Time table details: modules completed over two semesters
Modules, Year 1
Informatics I
Informatics II
Informatics III
Thesis Part I
Modules, Year 2
Surgical Lab Skills I
Biostatistics I
Professionalism in surgery
Thesis Part II
Modules, Year 3
Surgical Lab Skills II
Health Technology Assessment
Biostatistics II
Thesis Part III
150
MASTERS IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (HEALTH INFORMATICS)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The Masters in Medical Science (Health Informatics) is a one year programme
designed for health care providers to conduct and publish dedicated evidence-based
research in their own speciality or field.
The Masters in Medical Science (Health Informatics) is a completed over a 12
month period (60 ECTS). The programme consists of specific modules in scientific
writing and publication. In addition all candidates will complete a research Thesis
and submit a publishable paper according to journal publication guidelines.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Successful applicants will normally hold a primary degree in health care, medicine
or equivalent qualification, at second class honours grade one level or above, in a
relevant subject. Competence in English language equivalent to IELTS 6.5. All
candidates must have successfully completed the Postgraduate Diploma in (Health
Informatics) or a comparable award deemed by the School of Medicine to satisfy
these requirements.
25 places available
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Graduates of the Masters in Medical Science have gone on to pursue careers in a
diverse range of fields including the completion of a MD and PhD degrees in Medical
Science and Medical Research. They have brought improved professional skills and
attitudes into their daily practice (Evidence Based Practice/Medicine).
PROGRAMME AIMS
The broad aim of this programme is to strengthen a health care provider’s knowledge
and skills in subjects particular to medical research and clinical teaching. In
particular the programme aims to:
• Using a blend of enquiry based learning and a self-directed interactive
approach, by the end of this programme you should be able to:
• To search, retrieve, and store scientific information related to a specific topic of
interest.
• Demonstrate critical appraisal skills regarding specified scientific literature.
• Demonstrate an ability to ask researchable questions related to a specified field
of interest.
• To detect the validity and reliability of published evidence and measurement
devices aimed to be used in a future research project.
• To write a scientific essay in Word and referencing according to Vancouver
formats ( Word plus Endnote)
151
•
•
•
•
•
•
To know how to use advanced descriptive and inferential statistics and critical
appraisal of published statistics.
Demonstrate competence in designing your own research design and to
produce an appropriate research proposal.
To organise a research meeting(s) with fellow researchers/heads of departments
aiming the launch of your own research strand.
To submit a research Thesis
Publish a research paper
To encourage progression to PhD programmes.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme may be taken on a part-time basis over at least 1 year.
Programme Content
Modules completed over two semesters
Scientific Writing and Publication
10
Research Thesis
50
152
MASTERS IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (ENDOVASCULAR SURGERY)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
A new study programme combining practical endovascular surgical training with
evidence based medical research skills.
The Masters in Medical Science (Endovascular Surgery) is a completed over a 12
month period (60 ECTS). The programme consists of specific modules in scientific
writing and publication in addition to dedicated supervised session in Endovascular
Surgery delivered by the Western Vascular Institute. In addition all candidates will
complete a research Thesis and submit a publishable paper according to journal
publication guidelines.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Applicants must be a qualified and registered medical physician/surgeon, and
enrolled on the Western Vascular Institute’s Endovascular Training Programme as
well as other suitably qualified medical persons. Competence in English language
equivalent to IELTS 6.5. All candidates must have successfully completed the
Postgraduate Diploma in (Health Informatics) or a comparable award deemed by
the School of Medicine to satisfy these requirements.
25 places available
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Graduates of the Masters in Medical Science programmes have gone on to pursue
careers in a diverse range of fields including the completion of a MD and PhD degrees
in Medical Science and Medical Research. They have brought improved
professional skills and attitudes into their daily practice (Evidence Based
Practice/Medicine).
PROGRAMME AIMS
The broad aim of this programme is to strengthen a surgeon’s knowledge and skills
in subjects particular to medical research and clinical teaching. In particular the
programme aims to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
To know how to use advanced descriptive and inferential statistics and critical
appraisal of published statistics.
Demonstrate competence in designing your own research design and to
produce an appropriate research proposal.
To organise a research meeting(s) with fellow researchers/heads of departments
aiming the launch of your own research strand.
To submit a research Thesis
Publish a research paper
To encourage progression to PhD programmes.
153
•
Understand the basic concepts of all endovascular surgery procedures,
including:
Imaging equipment, radiation physics, and safety
Diagnostic arteriography and venography
Guide wire and catheter skills
Percutaneous vascular access
Percutaneous transluminal angioplasty (PTA)
Subintimal Angioplasty
Intravascular stents
Pharmacologic and mechanical thrombolytic therapy
Stent-grafts for endovascular repair of abdominal aortic aneurysms
Coil embolization (to facilitate endovascular AAA repair)
Closure of percutaneous access sites
Accepted intra-arterial and intracaval filtering devices
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme may be taken on a part-time basis over at least 1 year.
Modules completed over two semesters
Scientific Writing and Publication
10
Research Thesis
50
154
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN SPORTS & EXERCISE PHYSIOTHERAPY
A new revised and updated programme offered in conjunction with the University
of Limerick. The MSc in Sports and Exercise Physiotherapy combines practical
training with evidence based medical research skills.
Part-time Masters two years - Places limited to 10
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The overall intention of the Masters programme is to produce a successful student
with a wide breadth of knowledge across Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy and the
necessary skills to put the theory into practice
PROGRAMME AIMS & OBJECTIVES
The programme will provide physiotherapists with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The necessary scientific background knowledge to appreciate the issues arising
in the field of Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy.
The necessary skills and knowledge to provide advice on the prevention of
sports injuries.
Up to date training in modern methods of assessing, diagnosing and treating
sports injuries including emergency care.
Opportunities to learn about the theory and application of Sports Psychology,
Podiatry, Biomechanics, Sports Nutrition, Sports Pharmacology, Exercise
Physiology, Fitness Assessment and ethical issues within sport.
Opportunity to learn about the medical applications of exercise in maintaining
health and in disease
An introduction to research appropriate to the field of Sports & Exercise
Physiotherapy
ECTS WEIGHTING
90 ECTS
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Applicants must be chartered physiotherapy graduates (BSc Physiotherapy NUI) of
National University of Ireland or another university deemed acceptable, and have a
minimum of two year’s experience post qualification.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Short listed applicants may be called to interview and the final selection made at
that point. Preference will be given to applicants with a strong sporting
background, either personal involvement or recognized service provision.
155
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Sports & Exercise Physiotherapy
Musculoskeletal Anatomy
Sports Injuries 1
Biomechanics
Exercise Physiology
Sports Injuries 2
Bioinformatics and Bioethics
ECTS
5
5
5
5
5
5
Pre Existing Medical Conditions and Exercise
Clinical Exercise Rehabilitation
Biostatistics
Population Health and Exercise programming
Medical Emergencies
Sport, Exercise, and Performance
Thesis
5
5
5
5
5
5
30
156
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
Year 2
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
Both Summers
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN SPORTS & EXERCISE MEDICINE
A new revised and updated programme offered in conjunction with the University
of Limerick. The MSc in Sports and Exercise Medicine combines practical training
with evidence based medical research skills.
Part-time Masters two years - Places limited to 10
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The overall intention of the Masters programme is to produce a successful student
with a wide breadth of knowledge across Sports & Exercise Medicine and the
necessary skills to put the theory into practice
PROGRAMME AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The programme will provide doctors with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The necessary scientific background knowledge to appreciate the issues
arising in the field of Sports & Exercise Medicine.
The necessary skills and knowledge to provide advice on the prevention of
sports injuries.
Up to date training in modern methods of assessing, diagnosing and
treating sports injuries including emergency care.
Opportunities to learn about the theory and application of Sports
Psychology, Podiatry, Biomechanics, Sports Nutrition, Sports
Pharmacology, Exercise Physiology, Fitness Assessment and ethical issues
within sport.
Opportunity to learn about the medical applications of exercise in
maintaining health and in disease
An introduction to research appropriate to the field of Sports & Exercise
Medicine
ECTS WEIGHTING
90 ECTS
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Applicants must be medical graduates of National University of Ireland or another
university deemed acceptable, and have a minimum of one year’s experience after
registration with the Irish Medical Council.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Applicants wishing to enter for the Pfizer Bursary must complete a 200 word
statement on why they feel they should be accepted into the programme. Short
listed applicants may be called to interview and the final selection made at that
point. Preference will be given to applicants with a strong sporting background,
either personal involvement or recognized service provision.
157
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Sports & Exercise Medicine
Musculoskeletal Anatomy
Sports Injuries 1
Biomechanics
Exercise Physiology
Sports Injuries 2
Bioinformatics and Bioethics
ECTS
5
5
5
5
5
5
Pre Existing Medical Conditions and Exercise
Clinical Exercise Rehabilitation
Biostatistics
Population Health and Exercise programming
Medical Emergencies
Sport, Exercise, and Performance
Thesis
5
5
5
5
5
5
30
158
Year 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
Year 2
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 1
Semester 2
Semester 2
Semester 2
Both Summers
MASTERS IN MEDICAL SCIENCE (MUSCULOSKELETAL MEDICINE)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The Masters in Medical Science (Musculoskeletal Medicine) is a one year
programme designed for health care providers to conduct and publish dedicated
evidence-based research in musculoskeletal medicine.
The Masters in Medical Science (Musculoskeletal Medicine) is a completed over a
12 month period (60 ECTS). The programme consists of specific modules in
scientific writing and publication. In addition all candidates will complete a
research Thesis and submit a publishable paper according to journal publication
guidelines.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
This programme is open to Registered Medical Practitioners, Chartered
Physiotherapists, Podiatrists and Advanced Nurse Practitioners or equivalent.
Competence in English language equivalent to IELTS 6.5. All candidates must have
successfully completed the Postgraduate Diploma in (Health Informatics) or a
comparable award deemed by the School of Medicine to satisfy these requirements.
25 places available.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
Graduates of the Masters in Medical Science programmes have gone on to pursue
careers in a diverse range of fields including the completion of a MD and PhD degrees
in Medical Science and Medical Research. They have brought improved
professional skills and attitudes into their daily practice (Evidence Based
Practice/Medicine).
PROGRAMME AIMS
The broad aim of this programme is to strengthen a health care provider’s knowledge
and skills in subjects particular to medical research and clinical teaching. In
particular the programme aims to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
To know how to use advanced descriptive and inferential statistics and critical
appraisal of published statistics.
Demonstrate competence in designing your own research design and to
produce an appropriate research proposal.
To organise a research meeting(s) with fellow researchers/heads of departments
aiming the launch of your own research strand.
To submit a research Thesis
Publish a research paper
To encourage progression to PhD programmes.
159
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme may be taken on a part-time basis over at least 1 year.
Programme Content
Modules completed over two semesters
Scientific Writing and Publication
10
Research Thesis
50
160
MASTERS IN HEALTH SCIENCES (PRIMARY CARE)
OVERVIEW
The Master of Health Sciences (Primary Care) will equip students to successfully
develop and carry out a piece of research within the primary care setting, and in
doing so develop relevant expertise in research methodology. Students are drawn
from a wide range of health and social care professions.
ENTRY
Entry to the Masters year usually follows successful completion of the Postgraduate
Diploma in either Primary Care or Clinical Primary Care, with a result of at least
60%. Applications may be considered from others whose educational background
and relevant experience suit them to the requirements of the course. Selection of
individual candidates will be based on congruence of the applicant’s thesis proposal
with the expertise and capacity for supervision within the Discipline of General
Practice. All applicants should contact the Course Director for further details in
relation to this.
COURSE STRUCTURE
The programme runs for one calendar year from September to August. Each
student is assigned a dedicated thesis supervisor with whom they will work closely
throughout the year. Individual research is supported by ten days of workshops in
Galway (two consecutive weekdays in each of September, October, November,
February and April).
COURSE CONTENT
The topics covered during workshops include:
• Advanced qualitative research methods
• Statistics and epidemiology
• Computer packages: SPSS, Nvivo and Endnote
• Evidence Based Primary Care (advanced)
• Research ethics
• How to write a research paper
ASSESSMENT
The course is assessed by submission of a 4,000-word paper suitable for
publication, on a piece of independent research carried out by the student under
supervision. The paper will be accompanied by two appendices: a literature review
(2,000 words) and a research methodology (1,000 words).
An external examiner and one other examiner will assess the submission.
First Class Honours will be awarded to those receiving a mark of 70% or greater,
Second Class Honours to 60-69% and a pass to 50-59%.
161
MASTERS IN HEALTH SCIENCES (CLINCAL EDUCATION)
The Master of Health Sciences (Clinical Education) has been designed to address
the higher educational needs of health care professionals involved in the delivery of
teaching and training in the health care environment. It builds on the Postgraduate
Diploma in Health Sciences (Clinical Education), successful completion of which is
a requirement for entry into the Masters programme.
AIMS
The programme aims to:
1. Develop the teaching and educational planning skills of experienced clinical
professionals who have significant educational responsibilities.
2. Provide students with relevant knowledge to both manage and lead effective
educational innovations within their profession.
3. Provide students with the relevant knowledge and skills to plan and teach
clinical and communication skills at an advanced level.
4. Enable students to develop the knowledge and skills required to practice
evidence based education.
5. Enable students to develop and implement a sound educational research
protocol. Enable students to complete an educational research project and to
submit in the form of a research paper.
ENTRY
The programme will be offered to health professionals who have completed the
Postgraduate Diploma in Clinical Education and who have achieved at least a
second class honours final mark. Applicants must be currently registered with their
relevant professional body and actively involved in clinical teaching. Applicants
will be selected on the basis of the quality of their C.V., and an application essay
(personal statement) in which each candidate must outline their rationale for doing
the programme.
STRUCTURE
The programme will be delivered using online and paper-based distance learning
techniques, supported by face to face teaching skills workshops. Students will each
have an academic mentor/supervisor for the duration of the Masters. The content of
the course is as follows:
MODULE ECTS
Evidence Based Education
Educational Leadership
Educational Research Design
Clinical Teaching Research Dissertation
162
5
5
10
40
ASSESSMENT
The taught modules will be assessed using:
• A problem-based assignment for the modules on leadership and evidence based
education.
• An educational research proposal for the educational research module.
• Students are also required to submit a 4,000 word clinical teaching research
dissertation at the end of the academic year, in the form of a 4,000 word ready
for publication research paper.
163
MSc. (MEDICAL PHYSICS)
Medical Physics involves the application of physics and physical methods to
problems in medicine. Although often associated with the use of ionizing radiation
(X-Rays and Nuclear medicine) it finds application in almost every clinical
discipline present in modern hospitals. There is considerable demand for qualified
Medical Physicists in Ireland and this demand is expected to grow in the future.
It is a one year full-time programme for which a minimum of five and a maximum
of ten students will be accepted.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme consists of an intensive programme of lectures, workshops,
laboratory sessions, tutorials, and self-directed learning, followed by a short (threemonth) project and dissertation. The syllabus contains modules covering the
traditional topics associated with medical physics (Radiation Fundamentals,
Hospital & Radiation Safety) and those more associated with clinical engineering
(Clinical Instrumentation). The emphasis is on radio-therapy, radiation protection
and diagnostic imaging. Programmes in anatomy, physiology, hospital safety and
risk management are also provided. The course is accredited by the Institute of
Physics and Engineering in Medicine (IPEM) and is therefore recognised as a
component of IPEM professional training.
PROGRAMME AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The programme is designed to meet the demand for qualified medical physicists in
Ireland. It is primarily geared towards training for physicists in the application of
radiation physics in medicine but maintains a reasonable exposure to key aspects of
clinical engineering so that students receive a comprehensive knowledge of the
application of physical sciences and engineering to medicine.
ECTS
90 ECTS
ASSESSMENT
Assessment will be through a combination of written and oral examinations,
continuous assessments, project work, and the writing of a small dissertation.
Graduates must hold at least a second class honours degree in Physics or
Experimental Physics, Electronic Engineering, or another relevant discipline as
determined by the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences. A candidate
with a primary degree without honours, and having practical experience in a
relevant subject area over a number of years at a level deemed to be appropriate by
the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences, may be registered for the
M.Sc.Degree. Candidates may be interviewed to determine suitability.
164
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
The healthcare industry is one of the largest commercial sectors both nationally and
internationally. There will be a considerable demand for qualified medical
physicists in Ireland in the future. There will be a significant increase in the number
of radiotherapy facilities in the country, both public and private. New regulations
regarding protection against the hazards of radiation will also require additional
medical physicists. In the past, vacancies have often been filled from abroad.
However, the shortage of medical physicists in the U.S. and U.K. will mean that this
supply can no longer be relied upon. Opportunities also exist in specialist medical
device industries and in academic research.
165
MSc. (REGENERATIVE MEDICINE)
Regenerative Medicine is a discipline which generates novel therapeutics to mediate
repair and generation of damaged and diseased organs. These therapeutics are based
on stem cells, gene therapy, biomaterials, engineering tissue and other biologically
active compounds. This 12 month taught programme aims to provide graduates in
life sciences, biomedical engineering, nursing or medicine with an understanding of
Regenerative Medicine and to equip them with the skills necessary for a career in
this emerging discipline.
PROGRAMME AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
This programme aims to provide graduates with an understanding of Regenerative
Medicine integrating information, technologies and skills from biological sciences,
engineering, legal and ethical disciplines. These modules will address the science
behind Regenerative medicine, its application to human disease and its importance
to modern society.
ECTS
90 ECTS
COURSE MODULES
Compulsory modules
Basic Pharmacology
Translational Medicine
Introduction to Biomedical Research
Immunology
Tissue Engineering
Advanced Research Techniques
Regenerative Medicine
Research Project
Total
Optional modules
Students will select options worth 10 ECTS
Anatomy
Physiology Human Body Function Module
Introduction to Business
Optics and Cell Biology
Economic Evaluation in Healthcare
Introduction to Biomedical Systems
166
PM55 1
REM502
REM507
REM508
ME422
REM503
REM504
REM505
5 ECTS
5 ECTS
5 ECTS
5 ECTS
10 ECTS
10 ECTS
10 ECTS
30 ECTS
80ECTS
AN230
SI3 17
MG529
BES504
EC581
CT560
5 ECTS
10 ECTS
10 ECTS
5 ECTS
5 ECTS
5 ECTS
This programme is open to students who have obtained at least a Second Class
Honours degree in an appropriate biological science, biomedical engineering,
medicine or nursing. Students who have a degree without Honours in a related area
and have 3 or more years of practical experience in the subject area will also be
eligible to apply for this programme.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
This programme will equip students for careers in biomedical research and
development in an academic or industrial setting. Graduates will also receive training
relevant to clinical research, translational research and clinical trial management.
167
MSc. (CLINICAL RESEARCH)
PROGRAMME DESCRIPTION
The objective of this course is to provide training for the next generation of
healthcare workers in the clinical research arena, providing a platform for more
enhanced efficiencies in the translation of medical discoveries into clinical practice.
Course contributors include senior academics and medical professionals from NUI
Galway, Galway University Hospitals and McMaster University, Canada, who are
actively engaged in clinical research. This programme is closely linked with the
HRB Clinical Research Facility, Galway. Aimed at individuals employed in the
healthcare sector, this course has been developed to meet the needs of working
graduates who wish to up-skill, specialise or change career direction. For further
details of the course, see www.crfg.ie
The MSc in Clinical Research is intended to be a part-time two-year program of
academic study in Clinical Research Methodology. Year 1 will be spent at NUIG and
Year 2 is completed by a combination of distance learning through modules
delivered by McMaster University and NUI Galway, and on-site modules delivered
by NUI Galway. A full-time 1-year option is available to students who wish to
complete the MSc in a full-time capacity
This course is delivered through blended learning, to include lectures, tutorials,
problem based learning (PBL) and distance learning.
PROGRAMME AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
• To understand quantitative and qualitative research approaches, understand their
strengths and limitations and to learn how to apply research approaches and
methods by completing weekly assignments and preparing a research protocol in
own area of interest
• To examine data analysis, statistical concepts and thinking on a practical level,
to apply simple statistical techniques to design, analyse and interpret studies in a
wide range of disciplines and to utilise a computer statistical package to
illustrate the power of statistical techniques.
• An in-depth understanding of sampling, causation, survey research, cohort study
(retrospective and prospective), case-control, bias in observational research,
multivariable analysis and propensity analysis
• An appreciation and understanding of the main elements of clinical trial design,
execution, and analysis. At the end of the course, students should have a firm
grasp of clinical trial methodology at a level that would allow them to prepare
successful grant applications.
• An understanding of systematic review methods and the execution of a rigorous
systematic review. Students will be introduced to the review methodology
168
•
•
outlined in the Cochrane Handbook for Systematic Reviews and will explore
concepts and controversies in review methods.
An in-depth understanding of the translational process to enable development of
therapeutic strategies, GLP, the clinical trial process and GMP manufacturing
and validation, regulatory and legislation requirements for the design and
translation of medical therapies and ethical issues underpinning the practice of
translational medicine.
To examine the various elements involved in the establishment and operation of
clinical research facilities and clinical trials, procedures for successful
completion and reporting of clinical trials and financial management issues.
ECTS WEIGHTING
90 ECTS.
MINIMUM ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Students must have completed either; 1) Undergraduate degree in medicine or; 2)
Other healthcare-related undergraduate degree with a minimum of 2nd Class honours
degree, Grade 1 (including Nursing, Occupational therapy, Physiotherapy, Speech
and Language Therapy and Pharmacy) or; 3) Biomedical sciences with a minimum
of 2nd Class honours degree, Grade 1. Application from graduates of non-healthcare
related degrees are also considered (minimum requirement of 2nd Class honours,
Grade 1) on a case-by-case basis, at the discretion of the admissions committee.
Students who have a degree without Honours in a related area and have 3 or more
years of practical experience in the subject area will also be considered for this
programme. Potential students should be seeking a career in clinical research as a
principal investigator, research coordinator or research administration.
COURSE OUTLINE:
FULL TIME M.SC. (CLINICAL RESEARCH): Students are required to
complete three compulsory modules at NUI Galway. A further 3 modules are
selected from additional courses available at NUI Galway and/or by distance
learning by McMaster University.
PART TIME MSC. (CLINICAL RESEARCH): Students are required to complete
three compulsory modules at NUI Galway. A further 3* or 5** modules are selected
from additional courses available at NUI Galway and/or by distance learning by
McMaster University.
Compulsory Modules (Core):
1. Fundamentals of Health Research and Evaluation Methods; 10ECTS
2. Introduction to Biostatistics I; 10ECTS
3. Ethics of Health Research; 10ECTS
169
Additional Modules (Optional):
SELECT 3 FROM THE FOLLOWING:
1. Introduction to Biostatistics II; 10 ECTS
2. Introduction to Research Methods for Randomized Controlled Trials;
5-10ECTS
3. Systematic Review Methods; 5 - 10ECTS
4. Translational Medicine; 10ECTS
5. Clinical Research Administration; 10ECTS
6. Health Systems and Policy Analysis; 10ECTS
7. Health Technology Assessment; 10ECTS
8. Observational and Analytical Research Methods; 10ECTS
9. Project Management; 5 ECTS
10. Database Development; 5 ECTS
In addition:Full Time: Thesis (30 ECTS), completed over the 1 year period. Thesis defence will
be completed at NUI Galway.
Part Time: *Thesis (30 ECTS), completed over the 2 year period. Thesis defence
will be completed at NUI Galway OR **Independent Study Module (10 ECTS),
completed and assessed by NUI Galway.
TOTAL: 90 ECTS over 1 year (FT) or 2 years (PT).
Module assessment: 40% examination, 50% end of module project, 10% lecture /
tutorial input or as directed by module leader.
Subject to change; minimum threshold of students per module will apply
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES
The MSc program provides training for qualified individuals (see entry requirements
below) who wish to become independent clinical investigators or those who wish to
seek employment in leadership positions in clinical research teams. The conduct and
oversight of clinical research has become a prominent source of jobs in a variety of
settings, including university and colleges, pharmaceutical industry, non-academic
clinical research organizations, independent funding agencies and government
agencies. Additional opportunities include employment in teaching and consultation.
170
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS
(NFQ level 9 and 10 awards [Note: these levels are subject to review at time of
printing] ; ref. www.nfq.ie)
Note regarding applications to present for the Degrees of M.D., M. Ch.,.
Only candidates who have obtained his/her primary medical degrees in the
National University of Ireland or possess qualifications deemed by the Senate of
the University to be equivalent to the appropriate primary degree of the University
are eligible to apply.
A candidate applying for permission to present for any one of these degrees who is
not a medical graduate of the University must in addition to satisfying the relevant
conditions set out in the sections following, also satisfy the following further
conditions:
1
the applicant’s medical qualifications must be such as to qualify for
admission to the Medical Council Register;
2
the applicant must submit satisfactory evidence as to (1) when applying for
the permission; and
3
the applicant must be in a position to carry out the work for the degree in an
Irish medical facility.
M.D. DEGREE EXAMINATION
Subject to the provisions of the University Statute, a candidate shall be eligible to
obtain the Degree of Doctor of Medicine, three years after obtaining the Degree of
Bachelor of Medicine.
A candidate shall be eligible to obtain the Degree of Doctor of Medicine
(a)
by Thesis; or
(b)
on Published Work.
No candidate is eligible to obtain the Degree of M.D. under the provisions of the
Statute unless such candidate shall have obtained his Primary Degree in Medicine in
the University, or possess qualifications deemed by the Senate of the University to
be equivalent to the Primary Degree in Medicine of the University.
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF M.D. BY THESIS
The candidate shall apply to the School for permission to present for the M.D.
Degree by Thesis at least twelve months before the date of the examination for
which he intends to enter. In his application he will state the nature of his proposed
thesis, his experience in the subject chosen, and will give the name of at least one
referee who will verify his statement regarding experience. The School, if satisfied
that a prima facie case has been made, shall appoint one or more of its members to
advise on the work and preparation of the thesis, if the candidate so desires.
The following further conditions must be fulfilled:
(a)
The thesis shall embody original observations on the subject chosen and
shall contain in part, at least, material which in the opinion of the examiners
171
(b)
(c)
is suitable for publication, or which has already been published.
The candidate shall give the name(s) of referee(s) to prove that the material
in his thesis was the result of his personal effort. Where conjoint work is
being considered the candidate should have been the principal author of at
least some part of the work.
The candidate may be required to satisfy the examiners in an oral
examination in the subject matter of his thesis.
Four copies of the thesis must be submitted on or before February 2nd or
July 1st to the Examinations Office, National University of Ireland, Galway.
Conferring Ceremonies are held in June and December.
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF M.D. ON PUBLISHED WORK
The Published Work must embody the results of personal observation or of original
research in subjects such as one or more of the following:–
Human Anatomy;
Pathology;
Biochemistry;
Pharmacology;
Gynaecology;
Social Medicine;
Psychiatry;
Physiology;
Forensic Medicine;
Obstetrics;
Medicine;
Paediatrics;
Embryology;
Microbiology;
General Practice;
Therapeutics;
Surgery;
Medical Informatics & Medical Education
or any other associated subject(s).
It is to be noted that publications on Surgical Diseases and their Pathology, which
may be presented, must not be works devoted solely to operative technique or
methods. (Application under this heading must be made to the Registrar, National
University of Ireland, 49 Merrion Square, Dublin 2.)
172
THE M.Ch. DEGREE
Candidates for Higher Medical Degrees will not be examined in the Clinical or
Practical Part of the Examination in hospitals in which they, at the time, hold
appointments.
(1)A candidate who has obtained the degree of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. from the
National University of Ireland, or who possesses qualifications deemed by the
Senate of the University to be equivalent to the appropriate primary degree of the
University, shall be eligible to obtain the Degree of M.Ch., under the following
conditions:
1. A period of not less than five years shall have elapsed from the time the
candidate obtained the degrees of M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O., or the accepted
equivalent qualifications, not less than four years of which shall have been
spent in the practice of surgery and surgical science at a level approved by the
College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
2. The candidate must pass a preliminary clinical examination in general
surgery. Exemption from this examination may be granted if the College
considers that the candidate holds a suitable senior surgical qualification
acquired by examination.
3. The candidate must present a thesis, the work for which has been carried
out over a period of not less than one year in Surgery in the College under the
direction of the Professor of Surgery. The School may approve of the work
being carried out elsewhere.
4. Permission to enter for the degree must be obtained from the School at least
twelve months before presentation of the thesis for examination.
5. The examination of the thesis is held in Summer and Winter. Four copies must
be presented on or before February 2nd or July 1st to the
Examinations Office, National University of Ireland, Galway.
173
Ph.D DEGREE
(NFQ level 10 award; ref. www.nfq.ie)
The College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences offers active research
programmes in most disciplines leading to a Ph.D Degree based on full-time
research projects.
Duration:
Refer to Structured PhD section of this calendar
Timetable:
Full-Time
Assessment:
Thesis based on research carried out over a period of nine terms
Entry Requirements:
Candidates must hold an appropriate honours primary degree from the NUI or a
qualification deemed by the Senate of the NUI to be equivalent to the
appropriate
primary degree of the University.
Please note that applicants should refer to the general NUI Galway Calendar of the
University in addition reading the above information (www.nuigalway.ie/calendar)
174
SCHOOL OF NURSING & MIDWIFERY
TAUGHT POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE, DIPLOMA AND MASTERS
PROGRAMMES
(NFQ level 9 awards; ref. www.nfq.ie)
CERTIFICATE IN NURSING (NURSE/MIDWIFERY PRESCRIBING)
This programme's development is in response to a need for nurses and midwives to
prescribe, in order to support high quality person-centred care. This follows from
two key reports which mooted the extension of prescriptive authority for nurses and
midwives; i.e. The Commission on Nursing in 1998, followed by the Review of the
Scope and Practice for Nursing and Midwifery Final report in 2000. This
recommendation was comprehensively evaluated in a 3½ year joint project by An
Bord Altranais and the National Council for the Professional Development of
Nursing and Midwifery in 2005. The review concluded that prescriptive authority
should be extended to nurses and midwives. A further implementation project in
2008 put in place the regulatory, professional and support requirements which
enabled nurses and midwives to take on this role. Prescriptive authority was
extended to nurses and midwives by the Minister for Health and Children in 2007.
Nurses and midwives prescribe within the confines of robust legislation and
professional regulation and their scope of practice. Improving client care is core to
this extended role.
Programme duration and structure
The programme is delivered over a six-month period. The modules are delivered in
a blended learning format using a combination of Blackboard and workshops in
college. In addition, students will be mentored in their practice setting for the
duration of the programme which will include 12 days of direct supervision of the
prescriptive process by a designated medical practitioner.
Programme content
The programme is comprised of three theory/practice modules and a clinical
competency assessment in prescribing:
• Physical assessment skills
• Professional, Ethical & Legal Issues of Nurse and Midwife Prescribing
• Drugs. Patients and illness.
• Clinical competency –Prescribing
Entry criteria
1. Registered as a nurse or midwife on the live register of An Bord Altranais.
2. Currently employed as a nurse or midwife.
175
3. Minimum of three years recent post registration clinical experience in nursing or
midwifery (within the last five years) with the equivalent of one-year full-time
experience in the specific area of practice in which prescribing is proposed.
4. Possession of the competencies recognised at level 8 of the National Framework
of Qualifications.
5. Evidence of undertaking continuing professional education.
6. Support from employer to undertake the programme as evidenced by a completed
Site Declaration Form.
7. Confirmation of a designated nurse/midwife/medical mentor as evidenced by a
completed Site Declaration Form.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND
CANDIDATES ARE ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE
APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF APPLICATION
176
POSTGRADUATE
PRACTICE)
CERTIFICATE
IN
NURSING
(SPECIALIST
The Postgraduate Certificate in Nursing (Specialist Practice) has been designed for
newly graduated nurses. The broad aim of the programme is to build graduates
confidence, knowledge and skills and to provide a foundation for further study. It is
anticipated that students who complete the programme will progress to complete a
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Level 9) in a nursing specialism. The programme
is delivered in partnership with the Galway Clinic.
Programme Duration and structure
This programme aims to prepare new graduates to effectively manage (within their
scope of practice) challenging acute care episodes. Its goal is to provide students
with opportunities to broaden and deepen their theoretical knowledge and skills in
caring for acutely ill clients.
This programme is delivered over an academic year. This is a blended learning
programme and is delivered using a combination of on-line learning and face-toface skills teaching. Each module runs over a minimum of 12 weeks. Modules are
developed into guided learning packs comprising of four to five units. Each pack
provides a study guide for the student and includes, directed learning activities (both
on-line and practice based), key reading, reflective points and e-tivities. Students
will be supported on-line as they work through each unit, using the virtual learning
environment BlackBoard. Students are expected to attend face to face workshops
for a total of 9 days across the programme. The face-to-face teaching component
(workshops) will take place at intervals throughout the semester. Workshops will
focus on key skills and application.
Each module will run over twelve weeks.
Entry Criteria
Candidates must
1. Hold an Honours Bachelor Degree at NFQ Level 8 in Nursing or a comparable
qualification.
2. Be registered as a General nurse on the live register maintained by An Bord
Altranais
3. Be currently employed as a nurse.
4. Provide a letter of support from his/her employer confirming that he/she will have
the opportunity to work in the required range of specialist practice settings to meet
the programme learning outcomes, or where necessary, agreement that the applicant
will be
freed to undertake additional practice in a suitable placement setting.
Selection Criteria
To be considered for admission to the programme applicants must meet the entry
criteria as outlined above. Applications will be evaluated on the following :
177
•
•
Applicant’s academic record.
Applicant’s level of motivation and suitability based on his/her Personal
Statement (submitted as part of the application)
Programme content
The programme comprises of three modules.
• Managing Client Care in Specialist Settings (Runs across Semester 1 & 2 over
24 weeks)
• Physical Assessment Skills (Runs in Semester 1 over 12 weeks)
• Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice (Runs in Semester 2 over 12
weeks)
Students will complete two placements in specialist settings each of three months
duration. On placement the student will be required to develop and implement a
learning contract agreed with the programme director/clinical facilitator at the
beginning of each placement. Students’ skills competency will be assessed at a
minimum of two points in the programme (Semester 1 + Semester 2).
Assessment
Modules will be assessed using a combination of coursework, examination and
OSCE. Each module is worth 100 marks with their relative weighting being
determined by the allocation of credits. All modules have an equal weighting and
students must pass all modules with a minimum of 50%.
Compensation is not permitted between modules.
A maximum of 50% only can be obtained in a module on repeat.
Clinical Competence
Clinical performance/progress of the student is assessed on an on-going basis
throughout the practice placement and formally at a minimum on two separate
occasions (at the end of Semester 1 and Semester 2)
On successful completion of the programme students will be awarded the
Postgraduate Certificate in Nursing (Specialist Practice). Students are required to
complete a minimum of 500 hours in Specialist clinical practice settings. The
student must pass the competency element of the programme to successfully
complete the programme.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
178
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (EMERGENCY CARE)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Emergency) has been designed for registered
nurses, who wish to pursue a specialist course in emergency care nursing. The
Postgraduate Diploma is offered in partnership with the Health Service Executive.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The aim of the programme is to develop knowledgeable sensitive practitioners who
have a high level of specialist skills.
The programme is offered full-time over one calendar year and part-time over two
calendar years. Taught components of the programme are delivered in a blended
learning format and classroom teaching. Blended learning is an innovative teaching
strategy which involves a combination of face-to-face and on-line learning. This
means that learning/teaching will be delivered on-line through Blackboard, an
interactive learning system which connects directly to the University from your own
home computer. Students are required to attend face to face workshops for a total of
12 days across the programme (in blocks of 2 days at a time). The programme is
comprised of seven theory/practice modules. In all modules there is an emphasis on
exploring the relevance of module content to practice, similarly, practice placements
allow students to explore "new" knowledge in practice, enabling them an
opportunity to integrate theory and practice. Students are required to undertake their
clinical practice in an approved clinical practice setting within Ireland normally
within the students’ own work setting. Students are required to complete a minimum
of 1,000 clinical hours within the specialist area must be completed while
undertaking the programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General Nurse division of the Register maintained by
An Bord Altranais.
2. Have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses).
3. Be currently working in the required specialist area, i.e., Emergency, and have as
a minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area.
4. Have an honours degree or equivalent. Applicants who do not hold an honours
degree or higher diploma (Level 8) may apply but must clearly demonstrate their
capacity to complete a programme at this level. In addition to the other requirements
outlined above,
these applicants are required to submit a 1,000 word literature based essay (this
essay must be at the level expected of an honours degree candidate (Level 8).
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
• Meet the entry criteria
• Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements within Ireland, in the appropriate specialism for the duration of the
179
programme, within the candidate’s current place of work. Or, where necessary,
additional appropriate clinical placements in order to meet clinical learning
requirements.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme comprises of seven modules of which two are generic/core and four
are specialist exclusive to Emergency Nursing. Core modules and some aspects of
specialist modules are taken in conjunction with students undertaking other
Postgraduate Diplomas. Students will also undertake three practice assessments and
a service improvement project.
Modules
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice (core)
Using Research in Practice (core)
Specialist Module 1 (Medical Emergencies)
Specialist Module 2 (Major Trauma and Surgical Emergencies)
Specialist Module 3 (Special Patient Populations)
Specialist Module 4 (Clinical Skills Development in Emergency
Nursing)
Service Improvement Module
Clinical Assessment 1
Clinical Assessment 2
Clinical Assessment 3
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed by means of continuous assessment and examinations. In
order to be eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing Studies
students must pass each of the modules of the programme with a minimum of
50%.Compensation is not permitted between modules. A Maximum of 50% can
only be obtained in a module on repeat
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all performance criteria within each of the five domain of the
clinical assessment and
• Students reaching the specified level of competence in the assessment overall.
• Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully
complete the course
Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over the
duration of the course.
Additional Issues:
Students must complete the programme within two years of commencement for the
full time option, and within four years of commencement for the part time
programme. Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the
180
Post Graduate Diploma with distinction.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
181
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (ADVANCED PRACTICE)
This is a full-time programme running over one calendar year. Taught programme
content is delivered over two trimesters and is offered in blended mode, workshops
and on-line.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Specialist practice modules address the context of advanced practice, physical
assessment skills, pathophysiology, pharmacology and clinical decision making.
Submission of a portfolio demonstrating competencies pertaining to advanced
practice is required. Substantive hours of clinical practice at an advanced practice
level and supervised by appropriate healthcare professionals is also integral to the
programme. The programme also leads to registration as a nurse prescriber (subject
to approval).
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed independently. Strategies for assessment include essays,
reflective practice assignments, presentations, clinical competency assessments and
dissertation.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The Context and Issues related to Advanced Practice
Drugs, Patients and Illness
Physical Assessment Skills
Professional, Ethical and Legal Issues of Nurse and Midwife
Prescribing
Clinical Assessment (Prescribing)
Transition to Advanced Practice Part 1
Transition to advanced Practice Part 2
Care of the Woman at risk I
MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA:
1. Have attained a Masters degree in nursing, or an area highly relevant to their
specialist field of practice.
2. Be a registered nurse on the General, Midwifery, Mental Health, or Learning
Disability Nurse divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais.
3. Have practiced as a nurse or midwife for a minimum of six years postregistration, four of which include experience in the chosen area of expertise
(exclusive of post-registration educational programmes).
4. Written evidence of support for the applicant from their Director of Nursing
and written evidence of support for the applicant from an appropriate clinical
supervisor.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
182
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (EDUCATION)
This programme is aimed at masters prepared graduates who wish to gain a teaching
qualification. Broadly the programme aims to develop nurses/midwives expertise
and understanding of teaching in higher education and clinical settings.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
This is a full-time programme running over one calendar year and is offered in
blended mode, which is a combination of workshops and on-line. Taught
programme content is delivered over two trimesters. Over the duration of the
programme students are required to complete 100 hours of teaching/facilitation.
Students are expected to gain experience of teaching at undergraduate and
postgraduate level and of using a wide range of teaching methods including,
lecturing, clinical teaching in both laboratory and clinical settings and working with
small groups using experiential approaches. Students are required to provide
evidence of having completed:
•
•
•
•
30 hours experience of formal classroom based lecturing
30 hours of clinical focused teaching which should comprise of both classroom
based skills teaching and teaching in the clinical setting
30 hours of small group work with a focus on experiential approaches, for
example, seminars, workshops
10 hours at the discretion of the student.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Principles of Teaching and Learning
Assessing Learning
Curriculum Development
Facilitating Learning and Application to Teaching
Teaching Assessment 1
Teaching Assessment 2
Teaching Assessment 3
Portfolio
ASSESSMENT
The programme is assessed by means of continuous assessment. In order to be
eligible for the award of the Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Education) students
must pass each module at 50% to be deemed to have passed the theoretical
component and three teaching assessments to be deemed to have passed the practice
component. Students must complete the required 100 hours of teaching practice in
the areas specified.
Compensation is not permitted. The standard for the award of a distinction is the
attainment of 65% on the aggregate. Normally, a Distinction may be awarded only
when the assessment is passed at the first attempt.
183
MINIMUM ENTRY CRITERIA:
Candidates must
1. Have successfully completed a Master in Nursing/Midwifery
or its equivalent;
2. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health, or Learning Disability Nurse
divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais;
OR
3. Hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice;
4. Have practised as a nurse/midwife for a minimum of three years post-registration
(exclusive of post-registration/educational programmes);
5. Have negotiated a placement in a School/Department of Nursing/Midwifery
Education establishment which will provide them with the opportunity to meet the
practice
requirements of this programme.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Selection is based on applicant’s academic and professional qualifications (as
above). In order to register as a nurse tutor students must meet any requirements for
registration identified by An Bord Altranais.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
184
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (GERONTOLOGY)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Gerontology) offered in partnership with the
Health Service Executive West, has been designed for registered nurses who wish to
pursue a specialist programme in caring for older people and their families. The
overall goal of the programme is to further enhance nurses’ ability to provide
effective, appropriate, high quality nursing care for older people.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The programme is offered full time over one calendar year and part time over two
calendar years. It is comprised of theoretical and clinical components, commencing
in September of each year. Taught programme content is delivered over two
trimesters. Students also undertake practice placements in their own clinical setting.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme is comprised of seven theory modules (three specialist, two core,
one option, and a Service Improvement module) and three practice assessments. In
all modules there is an emphasis on exploring the relevance of module content to
practice. A blended learning approach is adopted in the delivery of this programme.
Students continue to work in their own practice setting while undertaking the
programme.
Modules
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice – core module
Using Research in Practice – core module
Nature and Experience of Ageing – specialist module
Promoting Health and Wellbeing – specialist module
Nursing Care of Older People – specialist module
Option Module
Service Improvement
Clinical Competence 1
Clinical Competence 2
Clinical Competence 3
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health, or Learning Disability Nurse
divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais.
2. Have a minimum of one year post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses); be currently working in a setting which requires him/her to
care for older people, and have a minimum of six months clinical experience in
caring for older people within the previous year.
3. Satisfy the selection panel that they have the ability to complete the programme.
4. Have an honours degree or equivalent. Applicants who hold neither an honours
degree nor higher diploma (Level 8) may apply but must clearly demonstrated their
capacity to undertake a programme at this level. In addition to the requirements
185
outlined above these applicants are expected to submit a 1000 word literature based
essay on a topic relevant to the specialist area.
To be considered for admission this essay must be judged equivalent to an honours
degree (Level 8).
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
A. Meet the entry criteria
B. Demonstrate an understanding of the demands of the programme and the
motivation to complete the programme
C. Demonstrate in his/her essay the potential to cope with the academic standards
required
D. Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements in the appropriate specialism, for the duration of the programme,
within the candidate’s current place of work
ASSESSMENT
Modules are assessed by means of continuous assessment only.
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
Students passing all the competencies at the specified level of competence for each
clinical assessment
Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully complete
the programme.
In order to be eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing
(Gerontology) students must
• pass each theoretical component at 50%
• pass three clinical assessments
Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over the
duration of the programme.
Compensation is not permitted. A maximum of 50% can only be obtained in a
module on repeat. The standard for the award of a distinction is the attainment of
65% on the aggregate.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
186
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (INTENSIVE CARE)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Intensive Care) has been designed for
registered nurses, who wish to pursue a specialist course in Intensive Care. The
Postgraduate Diploma is offered in partnership with the Health Service Executive.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The aim of the programme is to develop knowledgeable sensitive practitioners who
have a high level of specialist skills.
The programme is offered full-time over one calendar year and part-time over two
calendar years. Taught components of the programme are delivered in a blended
learning format and classroom teaching. Blended learning is an innovative teaching
strategy which involves a combination of face-to-face and on-line learning. This
means that learning/teaching will be delivered on-line through Blackboard, an
interactive learning system which connects directly to the University from your own
home computer. Students are required to attend face to face workshops for a total of
12 days across the programme (in blocks of 2 days at a time). The programme is
comprised of seven theory/practice modules. In all modules there is an emphasis on
exploring the relevance of module content to practice, similarly, practice placements
allow students to explore "new" knowledge in practice, enabling them an
opportunity to integrate theory and practice. Students are required to undertake their
clinical practice in an approved clinical practice setting within Ireland normally
within the students’ own work setting. Students are required to complete a minimum
of 1,000 clinical hours within the specialist area before completing this programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General Nurse division of the Register maintained by
An Bord Altranais.
2. Have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses).
3. Be currently working in the required specialist area, i.e., Intensivecare, and have
as a minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area.
4. Have an honours degree or equivalent. Applicants who hold neither an honours
degree nor higher diploma (Level 8) may apply but must clearly demonstrated their
capacity to undertake a programme at this level. In addition to the requirements
outlined above these applicants are expected to submit a 1000 word literature based
essay on a topic relevant to the specialist area. To be considered for admission this
essay must be judged equivalent
to an honours degree (Level 8).
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
• Meet the entry criteria
187
•
Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements within Ireland, in the appropriate specialism for the duration of the
programme, within the candidate’s current place of work. Where the
environment does not provide sufficient opportunities to meet the learning
outcomes of the programme addition placements will be required by the student
in sites which will provide the experience needed.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme comprises of seven modules of which two are generic/core and four
are specialist exclusive to Intensive Care Nursing. Core modules and some aspects
of specialist modules are taken in conjunction with students undertaking other
Postgraduate Diplomas. Students will also undertake three practice assessments and
a service improvement project.
The programme modules are listed below:
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice (core)
Using Research in Practice (core)
Intensive Care Nursing 1
Intensive Care Nursing 2
Intensive Care Nursing 3
Intensive Care Nursing 4
Service Improvement Module
Clinical Assessment 1
Clinical Assessment 2
Clinical Assessment 3
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed by means of continuous assessment and examinations. In
order to be eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing Studies
students must pass each of the modules of the programme with a minimum of 50%.
Compensation is not permitted between modules.
A Maximum of 50% can only be obtained in a module on repeat
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all performance criteria within each of the five domain of the
clinical assessment and
• Students reaching the specified level of competence in the assessment overall.
• Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully
complete the course
Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over the
duration of the course.
188
Additional Issues:
Students must complete the programme within two years of commencement for the
full time option, and within four years of commencement for the part time
programme. Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the
Post Graduate Diploma with distinction.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
189
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (MANAGEMENT OF
CHRONIC HEALTH CONDITIONS
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Management of Chronic Health Conditions)
is offered in collaboration with the Department of General Practice. The
programme is aimed at registered nurses working in a service (public, private or
voluntary) where they have an opportunity to care for clients with a chronic
disease. The overall goal of the programme is to further enhance nurses’ ability to
provide effective, appropriate, high quality nursing care for people with chronic
health conditions.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
• Be registered general nurse or registered psychiatric nurse or registered sick
children’s nurse or registered nurse intellectual disability or registered midwife
on the register maintained by An Bord Altranais.
• Hold an active nursing registration.
• Be currently working in a setting which provides opportunities for him/her to
care for clients with a chronic health condition.
• Satisfy the selection panel that they have the ability to complete the
programme.
• Hold an honours degree or equivalent*
*This is a Level 9 programme. Applicants who do not hold an honours degree
or higher diploma may apply but must demonstrate clearly their capacity to
undertake a programme at this level. In addition to the requirements outlined
above these applicants are expected to submit a 1000 word literature based
essay. To be considered for admission this essay must be judged equivalent to
an honours degree (Level 8).
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered applicants must meet the entry criteria. Selection will be made,
by the programme team, on the basis of applicants’ written application.
Applications will be evaluated on the:
• Applicant’s academic record and relevant professional experience.
• Applicant’s level of motivation and suitability based on his/her Personal
Statement, which is submitted as part of the online application process.
• Applicants must supply a letter from his/her Director of Nursing guaranteeing
practice placement in a setting where he/she has an opportunity to care for
clients with a chronic disease for the duration of the programme, or where
necessary, agreement that the applicant will be freed to undertake additional
practice in a suitable placement setting.
190
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The programme is offered full time over one calendar year and comprises of six
modules: five core plus one option module (see below). Module content is viewed
as interconnected and interdependent. Taught programme content is delivered over
two trimesters, students complete supervised self directed work in trimester three.
The programme is offered via a blend of e-learning and face-to-face experiential
workshops and is delivered on-line through Black Board, an interactive learning
environment. Workshops total 12 days and will focus primarily on application of
skills. Students are required to complete a minimum of 500 hours in the clinical
setting i.e. engaged in the care and management of clients with a chronic health
condition.
Modules:
• Critical Issues in Chronic Disease Management
• Inside the Experience of Chronic Illness
• Health Assessment Skills
• Collaboration and Interagency Working
• Promoting Health and Well-Being
Students may select one of the following optional modules:
• Cardiovascular Disease in Primary Care
• Respiratory Disease in Primary Care
• Diabetes in Primary Care
• Advanced Wound Care Management
• Managing the Physical Health Needs of People with a Serious Mental Illness
• Work Based Learning
Student application of learning in and from practice will be assessed on the basis of
the submission of two Personal Professional Development Plans.
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed using coursework. In order to be eligible for the award
of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing (Management of Chronic Health
Conditions) students must pass each of the modules with a minimum of 50%.
• Compensation is not permitted between modules.
• The Maximum mark attainable in a repeat module is 50%
• Students must have completed a minimum of 500 clinical practice hours over
the duration of the programme.
Additional Issues:
• Students must complete programme within two years of commencement.
• Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the Post
Graduate Diploma with distinction.
• Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
•
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES
ARE ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE
TIME OF APPLICATION
191
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (MENTAL HEALTH,
COMMUNITY AND INPATIENT ACUTE CARE)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Mental Health, Community & Inpatient
Acute Care) is designed for registered nurses who wish to pursue a specialism in
Mental Health, Community and Inpatient Acute Care. It will prepare students to be
flexible, competent and who can practice with confidence, and collaboratively
within a variety of multidisciplinary care contexts. The aim of the programme is to
develop knowledgeable, caring practitioners who have a high level of specialist
skills in mental health nursing. This programme is offered in partnership with the
Health Service Executive, West and Experts with Experience.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The programme is offered full-time over one calendar year and part-time over two
calendar years. It consists of both theoretical and clinical components. A blended
learning approach is adopted in the delivery of this programme.
Students are required to attend face to face workshops for a total of 12 days across
the programme (usually in blocks of 2 days at a time). The programme is comprised
of seven theory/practice modules. In all modules there is an emphasis on exploring
the relevance of module content to practice, similarly, practice placements allow
students to explore "new" knowledge in practice, enabling them an opportunity to
integrate theory and practice. Students are required to undertake their clinical
practice in an approved clinical practice setting within Ireland normally within the
students’ own work setting. Students will need to demonstrate hours in both
‘community’ and ‘in-patient acute’ settings. This will be supported by a review of
their current role to meet the requirements to work across the ‘community’ and ‘inpatient acute’ interface. Students are required to complete a minimum of 1,000
clinical hours during the programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the Psychiatric Nurse division of the Register maintained
by An Bord Altranais
2. Have a minimum of one year post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses) in mental health nursing
3. Be currently working in the required specialist area, i.e., Mental Health, and have
as a minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area, working in a
setting which requires him/her tocare for mentally ill clients
4. Satisfy the selection panel that they have the ability to complete the programme
5. Applicants who do not hold an honours degree or higher diploma (Level 8) may
apply but must clearly demonstrate their capacity to complete a programme at this
level. In addition to the other requirements outlined above, these applicants are
required to submit a 1,000 word literature based essay. To be considered for
admission, this essay must be at the level expected of an honours degree candidate
(Level 8)
192
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
• Meet the entry criteria
• Demonstrate an understanding of the demands of the programme and the
motivation to complete the programme
• Demonstrate in the potential to cope with the academic standards required
• Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements within Ireland, in the appropriate specialism for the duration of the
programme, within the candidate’s current place of work. Or, where necessary,
additional appropriate clinical placements in order to meet clinical learning
requirements.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme comprises of seven modules of which three are generic/core and
three are specialist exclusive to Mental Health Nursing. Core modules and some
aspects of specialist modules and a service improvement module are taken in
conjunction with students undertaking other Postgraduate Diplomas. Students will
also undertake practice competencies and assignments.
Modules
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice (core)
Using Research in Practice (core)
Collaboration and Interagency Working
Partnerships in Mental Health Care (Service User/Carer/
Service Provider)
Psychosocial Interventions in Health Care
Optional Module
Service Improvement (core)
Clinical Assessment 1
Clinical Assessment 2
Clinical Assessment 3
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed by means of continuous assessment. In order to be
eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing, students must pass
all the above modules of the programme with a minimum of 50%.
Compensation is not permitted between modules.
A Maximum of 50% can only be obtained in a module on repeat
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all performance criteria within each of the five domains of the
clinical competency assessment and
• Students reaching the specified level of competence in the assessment overall.
Three clinical competencies must be completed and passed to successfully
193
•
complete the programme.
Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over
the duration of the programme.
Additional Issues:
Compensation is not permitted. The standard for the award of a distinction is the
attainment of 65% on the aggregate. Normally a distinction may be awarded only
when the examination is passed at the first attempt and when all subjects are
presented together.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
194
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (ONCOLOGY)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing Studies (Oncology) offered in partnership
with the Health Service Executive West, is designed for registered nurses who wish
to pursue a specialist programme in Oncology. Module content is viewed as
interconnected and interdependent. In all modules there is an emphasis on
exploring the relevance of module content to practice; similarly, practice
placements allow students to explore “new” knowledge in practice, thus providing
students with an opportunity to integrate theory and practice. This programme
aims:
1. To expand the knowledge, skills and attitudes of nurses engaged in caring
for people with cancer.
2. To develop interpersonal skills in order to provide comprehensive
physical, psychosocial, emotional and spiritual support to people with
cancer and their families.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The aim of the programme is to develop knowledgeable, sensitive practitioners who
have a high level of specialist skills in oncology nursing. The programme is offered
full-time over a twelve-month period or part-time over a twenty four-month period
and consists of both theoretical and clinical components. The programme is
delivered by blended learning using Blackboard. The majority of clinical practice
will take place in the students’ own work setting. Students must meet the minimum
1000 clinical hours in order to pass the programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General Nurse division of the Register maintained by
An Bord Altranais.
2. Have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses).
3. Be currently working in a designated Oncology setting (e.g.oncology in-patient
unit, haematology-oncology day unit, radiotherapy department), and have as a
minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area.
4. Satisfy the selection panel that they have the ability to complete the programme.
5. Applicants who do not hold an honours degree or higher diploma (Level 8) may
apply but must clearly demonstrate their capacity to complete a programme at this
level. In addition to the other requirements outlined above, these applicants are
required to submit a 1,000 word literature based essay on a topic relevant to
oncology nursing. To be considered for admission, this essay must be at the level
expected of an honours degree candidate (Level 8).
195
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
A. Meet the entry criteria
B. Demonstrate an understanding of the demands of the programme and the
motivation to complete the programme
C. Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements in the appropriate specialism, for the duration of the programme,
within the candidate’s current place of work
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme comprises of seven modules of which three are generic/core and
three are specialist exclusive to Oncology nursing and one is optional. Students will
also undertake practice assessments and assignments.
Modules
Clinical Governance: Supporting safe practice (core)
Using research in practice (core)
Experiencing Cancer (Specialist)
The Cancer Trajectory (Specialist)
Cancer Management: the Nursing Perspective on a Treatment
Journey (Specialist)
Optional Module
Service Improvement Module (Core)
Clinical Assessment 1
Clinical Assessment 2
Clinical Assessment 3
Graduates have found employment in health services
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed by means of continuous assessment. In order to be
eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing students must pass
all modules of the programme with a minimum of 50%.
Compensation is not permitted between modules.
A Maximum of 50% can only be obtained in a module on Repeat
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all the competencies at the specified level of competence for
each clinical assessment
• Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully
complete the programme.
• Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over
the duration of the programme.
196
Additional Issues:
Students on the one year option must complete programme within two years of
commencement.
Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the Post Graduate
Diploma with distinction.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
197
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (ORTHOPAEDICS)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Orthopaedic Nursing) has been designed for
registered nurses, who wish to pursue a specialist course in Orthopaedic Nursing.
The Post Graduate Diploma is offered in partnership with Health Service Executive,
West.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The aim of the programme is to develop knowledgeable, sensitive practitioners who
have a high level of specialist skills. The programme is offered full-time over one
calendar year and part-time over two calendar years. It consists of both theoretical
and clinical components. The majority of clinical practice will take place in the
students’ own work setting. Students must meet the minimum 1000 clinical hours in
order to pass the programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General Nurse divisions of the Register maintained
by An Bord Altranais
2. Have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses)
3. Be currently working in the required specialist area, i.e.,Orthopaedics, and have
as a minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area
4. Satisfy the selection panel that they have the ability to complete the programme
5. Applicants who do not hold an honours degree or higher diploma (Level 8) may
apply but must clearly demonstrate their capacity to complete a programme at this
level. In addition to the other requirements outlined above, these applicants are
required to submit a 1,000 word literature based essay. To be considered for
admission, this essay must be at the level expected of an honoursdegree candidate
(Level 8).
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
A. Meet the entry criteria
B. Demonstrate an understanding of the demands of the programme and the
motivation to complete the programme
C. Demonstrate in his/her essay the potential to cope with the academic standards
required
D. Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements in the appropriate specialism, for the duration of the programme,
within the candidate’s current place of work.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme comprises of seven modules of which three are generic/core, three
are specialist exclusive to Orthopaedic nursing, and one is an optional module.
198
Students will also undertake practice assessments and assignments.
Modules
Principles of Orthopaedic Nursing (specialist)
Orthopaedic Trauma (specialist)
Orthopaedic Specialities and Rehabilitation (specialist)
Using Evidence in Practice (core)
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice (core)
Optional Module
Service Improvement Module
Practice Assessment 1
Practice Assessment 2
Practice Assessment 3
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed by means of continuous assessments. In order to be
eligible for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing (Orthopaedics)
students must pass all modules of the programme with a minimum of 50% Compensation is not permitted between modules.
A Maximum of 50% can only be obtained in a module on Repeat
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all performance criteria within each of the five domains of the
clinical assessment.
• Students reaching the specified level of competence in the assessment overall.
• Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully
complete the course.
• Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over
the duration of the course.
Additional Issues:
Students must complete programme within two years of commencement.
Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the Post Graduate
Diploma with distinction.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
199
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PALLIATIVE CARE)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing Studies (Palliative Care) is designed for
registered General, Mental Health or Intellectual Disability nurses who wish to
pursue a specialist programme in Palliative Care. Each module is designed to
provide students with a theoretical framework from which they can explore and
integrate theory & practice. This programme aims to:
1. Provide students with knowledge and skills to enhance palliative nursing practice.
2. Prepare nurse practitioners for entry to specialist nursing practice
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE & DESIGN
The programme is comprised of seven theory/practice modules. Core modules and
some aspects of specialist modules are taken in conjunction with students
undertaking other Postgraduate Diplomas. Modules are listed below:
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice (core)
Collaboration with Interagency Working/Clinical Supervision
(optional)
Using Evidence in Practice (core)
Palliative Approaches to Symptom Management
End-of-Life Care: Psychological and Social Perspectives
Care of the Child and Family with a Life-Limiting Illness
Service Improvement Module
Clinical Competence 1
Clinical Competence 2
Clinical Competence 3
THEORETICAL INSTRUCTION
The content of this programme is delivered over three trimesters, comprising of
lectures, workshops, seminars, the reading and preparation of assignments and
clinical practice in the specialist area. The programme is offered full-time over one
calendar year and part-time over two calendar years. Taught components of the
programme are delivered in a blended learning format and classroom teaching.
Blended learning is an innovative teaching strategy which involves a combination
of face-to-face and on-line learning. This means that learning/teaching will be
delivered on-line through Blackboard, an interactive learning system which
connects directly to the University from your own home computer. Students are
required to attend face to face workshops for a total of 12 days across the
programme. In addition to clinical experience gained in the students’ own work
setting, all students undertake two alternative clinical placements as part of the
programme
200
DURATION
The programme is delivered on a full-time/part-time basis commencing in
September of each year.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health, or Learning Disability
Nurse divisions of the Register maintained byAn Bord Altranais.
or
2. Hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice.
3. Have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses).
4. Be currently working in the required specialist area, i.e., Palliative Care, and have
as a minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area.
5. Satisfy the selection panel that they have the ability to complete the programme.
6. Applicants who do not hold an honours degree or higher diploma (Level 8) may
apply but must clearly demonstrate their capacity to complete a programme at this
level. In addition to the other requirements outlined above, these applicants are
required to submit a 1,000 word literature based essay. To be considered for
admission, this essay must be at the level expected of an honours degree candidate
(Level 8)
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
• Meet the entry criteria
• Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
placements within Ireland, in the appropriate specialism for the duration of the
programme, within the candidate’s current place of work. Or, where necessary,
additional appropriate clinical placements in order to meet clinical learning
requirements.
ASSESSMENT
All modules are assessed through continuous assessment, written coursework and
examination. In order to be eligible for the award of a Postgraduate Diploma in
Nursing (Palliative Care) students must:
pass each theoretical component at 50%
pass three clinical assessments
201
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all performance criteria within each of the five domain of the
clinical assessment and
• Students reaching the specified level of competence in the assessment overall.
• Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully
complete the course
• Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over
the duration of the course.
Additional Issues:
• Students must complete the programme within two years of commencement for
the full time option, and within four years of commencement for the part time
programme.
• Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the Post
Graduate Diploma with distinction.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
202
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PERIOPERATIVE)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Perioperative) has been designed for
registered nurses, who wish to pursue a specialist course in Perioperative Nursing.
The Postgraduate Diploma is offered in partnership with the Health Service
Executive.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The aim of the programme is to develop knowledgeable sensitive practitioners who
have a high level of specialist skills. The programme is offered full-time over one
calendar year and part-time over two calendar years. Taught components of the
programme are delivered in a blended learning format and classroom teaching.
Blended learning is an innovative teaching strategy which involves a combination
of face-to-face and on-line learning. This means that learning/teaching will be
delivered on-line through Blackboard, an interactive learning system which
connects directly to the University from your own home computer. Students are
required to attend face to face workshops for a total of 12 day across the programme
(in blocks of 2 days at a time). The programme is comprised of seven
theory/practice modules. In all modules there is an emphasis on exploring the
relevance of module content to practice, similarly, practice placements allow
students to explore "new" knowledge in practice, enabling them an opportunity to
integrate theory and practice. Students are required to undertake their clinical
practice in an approved clinical practice setting within Ireland normally within the
students’ own work setting. Students are required to complete a minimum of 1,000
clinical hours before completing this programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Be a registered nurse on the General Register maintained by An Bord Altranais
2. Have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses)
3. Be currently working in the required specialist area, i.e., Perioperative, and have
as a minimum six months’ clinical experience in this specialist area
4. Have an honours degree or equivalent. Applicants who hold neither an honours
degree nor higher diploma (Level 8) may apply but must clearly demonstrated their
capacity to undertake a programme at this level. In addition to the requirements
outlined above these applicants are expected to submit a 1000 word literature based
essay on a topic relevant to their specialist area. To be considered for admission this
essay must be judged equivalent
to an honours degree (Level 8).
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
• Meet the entry criteria
Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing guaranteeing practice
203
placements within Ireland, in the appropriate specialism for the duration of the
programme, within the candidate’s current place of work. Where the environment
does not provide sufficient opportunities to meet the learning outcomes of the
programme addition placements will be required by the student in sites which will
provide the experience needed.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme comprises of seven modules of which two are generic/core and four
are specialist exclusive to Perioperative Nursing. Core modules and some aspects of
specialist modules are taken in conjunction with students undertaking other
Postgraduate Diplomas. Students will also undertake three practice assessments and
a service improvement project.
The modules are listed below:
Modules
Clinical Governance: Supporting Safe Practice
Using Research in Practice
Specialist Module 1 – Physiological Effects of Surgery
Specialist Module 2 – Prevention of Injury
Specialist Module 3- Prevention of Anaesthetic Complications
Specialist Module 4- Prevention of Surgical Complications
Service Improvement
Clinical Competence 1
Clinical Competence 2
Clinical Competence 3
ASSESSMENT
The modules are assessed by means of continuous assessment. In order to be eligible
for the award of the Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing Studies students must pass each
of the modules of the programme with a minimum of 50%.
Compensation is not permitted between modules.
A Maximum of 50% can only be obtained in a module on repeat
Clinical competence must be demonstrated by:
• Students passing all performance criteria within each of the five domain of the
clinical assessment and
• Students reaching the specified level of competence in the assessment overall.
• Three clinical assessments must be completed and passed to successfully complete
the course
• Students must have completed a minimum of 1000 clinical practice hours over the
duration of the course.
204
Additional Issues:
• Students must complete the programme within two years of commencement for the
full time option, and within four years of commencement for the part time
programme.
• Students who achieve an aggregate mark of 65% will be awarded the Post Graduate
Diploma with distinction.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
205
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PRACTICE NURSING
/COMMUNITY NURSING)
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
Programme may be undertaken either full time over one calendar year or part time
over two calendar years. This programme is designed for nurses (General,
Psychiatric or Intellectual Disability) who are working in a General Practice or
Community setting. It aims to develop nurses’ expertise and understanding of
primary care, family centred care, chronic disease management, and clinical nursing
skills related to chronic illness management. It also aims to promote
interdisciplinary learning, specifically providing an opportunity for nurses to learn
with and from other health care professionals who work in a community setting.
This programme is offered either full time over one calendar year, or part time over
two calendar years. On successful completion of the programme, students will be
awarded a Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Practice Nursing/Community
Nursing). Taught components of the programme are delivered in a blended learning
format. This includes opportunities for mutual learning via web-based discussion
using a virtual learning environment called Blackboard. The programme offers a
number of elective module options. Students continue to work in their own practice
setting while undertaking the programme and are required to complete a minimum
of 1,000 hours clinical practice over the duration of the programme.
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Candidates must: be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health, or
Learning Disability Nurse divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord
Altranais.
OR
2. hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice.
3. have a minimum of two years’ post-registration experience (exclusive of postregistration courses).
4. have at least six months’ experience in practice and or/community nursing
setting.
5. be currently working in a practice nursing/community nursing setting which
requires him/her to care for a client/family/group.
6. have a letter of support from his/her employing line manager.
7. hold an honours degree or equivalent. Applicants who do not hold an honours
degree or higher diploma (Level 8) may apply but must clearly demonstrate their
capacity to complete a programme at this level. In addition to the other
requirements outlined above, these
applicants are required to submit a 1,000 word literature based essay. To be
considered for admission, this essay must be at the level expected of an honours
degree candidate (Level 8).
206
Note: it is proposed to provide nurse prescribing modules within the
framework of the Postgraduate Diploma in Practice Nursing/Community
Nursing.
*The Nurse prescribing modules will only be available to students who met the
criteria set down by An Bord Altranais, HSE and module entry requirements
leading to a Certificate in Nurse/Midwifery Prescribing.
SELECTION PROCESS
To be considered an applicant must:
A. Meet the entry criteria
B. Obtain a Letter of Support from the candidate’s Line Manager
C. *Meet the additional entry criteria for students undertaking nurse prescribing
modules
PROGRAMME CONTENT
This programme aims to provide nurses with the necessary specialized knowledge
and technical skills to respond appropriately to the needs of patients/clients/families
in the context of Primary Care and gain academic qualification. It also aims to
promote interdisciplinary learning, specifically providing an opportunity for nurses
to learn with and from other health care professionals who work in a community
setting. There are a number of core modules which all students undertake and a
choice of elective module options available on this programme.
Modules
Concepts and Principles of Primary Care (Core)
Using Evidence in Practice (Core)
Service Improvement (Core)
*Professional, Ethical and Legal Issues of Nurse and Midwife Prescribing
Critical Issues in Chronic Illness
Options listed below
*Physical Assessment Skills
*Drugs, Patients and Illness
Cardiovascular Disease in Primary Care
Diabetes in Primary Care
Advanced Wound Care Management
Respiratory Disease in Primary Care
Best Practice in Cervical Smear Taking
Womens’ Health in Primary Care
Empowering Clients to self manage their chronic illness
Psychosocial Interventions in Health Care
End of Life Care: Psychological and Social Perspectives
Collaboration and Interagency Working
207
*Clinical Competence Prescribing
Clinical Competence
*Please note that the programme and optional modules offered are subject to
sufficient student numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
208
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN NURSING (PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Public Health Nursing) programme is aimed
at nurses who wish to work in the community setting as a public health nurse. The
experience of health is both socially and culturally determined with the achievement
of maximum health potential influenced by the wider determinants of health. The
Public Health Nurse has a unique role in recognizing the wider realms of what
impacts and determines community health and in facilitating maximum health
potential. Nursing in the community involves the consideration and enablement of
health care needs which demands both a clinical and public health focus of care. In
considering this multifaceted function and the fact that primary health care and
targeting population health is integral to community nursing practice, this
programme aims to prepare students to competently meet the complex health care
needs of the community as client.
In partnership with the relevant third level institutions the Health Services
Executive Areas run a centralised funding application process for candidates.
Sponsorship is offered by the Health Areas of the Health Service Executive to
nurses who undertake the Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Public Health
Nursing). Sponsorship must be secured by the candidate prior to commencement on
the programme.
PROGRAMME DURATION AND STRUCTURE
The programme is offered full time over one calendar year. The taught programme
content is delivered over three trimesters, Practice placements take place over the
three trimesters enabling students to build the required competencies to work in the
community setting.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
The programme is modular and is comprised of eight theory and six practice
modules. Modules comprise of:
Collaboration and Interagency Working
Using Research in Practice
Promoting Public Health and Well-being
Health Across the Lifespan
Promoting Population Health
Public Health Nursing Praxis-Clinical Practice and Management
Child and Maternal Health (non midwives only)
Service Improvement A (non midwife cohort)
Service Improvement (midwife cohort)
Professional Practice 1
Professional Practice 2
Professional Practice 3
Professional Practice 4
209
Professional Practice 5
Professional Practice 1 (Child and Maternal Health) (non midwives only)
ENTRY CRITERIA
All applicants must meet the following entry requirements:
1. Before admission to the programme of education and training leading to
registration in the Public Health Nurse division of the register maintained by An
Bord Altranais the candidate must:
2. Be a registered nurse on the general division of the register maintained by An
Bord Altranais
3. Candidates must have evidence of a minimum of two years general nursing
experience within the past 5 years, of which 12 months should be consecutive,
working a minimum of 74 hours per month (exclusive of post
registration/educational courses)
4. Unless the candidate's name is registered in the midwives division of the register
maintained by An Bord Altranais, the candidate must complete an An Bord
Altranais (2005) approved module of study on Child and Maternal Health as part of
the programme
5. Hold an NQAI level 8 qualification (honours degree or higher diploma) or proof
of equivalency
6. Fluency in English or evidence of level 7.0 as per IELTS academic test.
Applicants must satisfy the selection/admission committee that they have the ability
to complete the programme
7. Applicants must demonstrate that they have undertaken aprogramme of study at
National Qualification Framework, academic level 8. The academic transcript
provided will be
used as evidence to demonstrate this, which should be for the highest level award.
SELECTION CRITERIA
To be considered an applicant must:
A. Meet the entry criteria
B. Demonstrate his/her potential to cope with the academic standards required
C. Confirmation of placement on the programme is subject to the candidate
confirming clinical placement for the duration of the programme from their
relevant Director of Public Health Nursing.
ASSESSMENT
This programme is assessed by means of a combination of coursework, examination
and competency assessment. In order to be eligible for the award of the
Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Public Health Nursing) students must pass each
component at 50%. The Professional Practice component requires students to attain
identified competencies; to pass overall the student must pass all of the practice
assessments. Professional assessment 3 must be completed in order to progress to
210
professional assessment 4 and 5 in the programme.
Compensation between
modules is not permitted. The standard for the award of distinction is 65% on the
aggregate. In order to register as a Public Health Nurse, students must meet any
requirements for registration identified by An Bord Altranais.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
211
HIGHER DIPLOMA IN MIDWIFERY
The Higher Diploma in Midwifery has been designed for registered nurses, who wish to
undertake midwifery education and training. This programme enables the student to
develop the knowledge and skills necessary to care for women and their babies during
the antenatal, intra-natal and postnatal periods. The Higher Diploma in Midwifery is
offered in partnership with the Health Service Executive West. The aims of this
programme are:
1. To prepare the student to practise the activities of a registered midwife (The
Council Directive 2005/36/EC) in order to contribute meaningfully to the physical,
social, and psychological care of women and their babies.
2. To facilitate the student to develop both personally and professionally. Inherent in
this, is the development of an analytical and reflective midwife who has the
knowledge and skills to meet the demands of professional practice with competence
and skill.
PROGRAMME STRUCTURE AND DURATION
The Higher Diploma in Midwifery is an 18 month full time programme consisting of a
theoretical and clinical component. Theoretical instruction is of twenty-six weeks
duration and is delivered in planned study blocks. Theory and clinical modules are
identified below. Clinical placements are undertaken throughout the 18 months in the
different clinical areas under the supervision of a preceptor.
The next intake of students is in March 2012 and students are salaried employees of the
Health Service Executive West for the duration of the Programme.
Modules
Application of the Biological Sciences to Midwifery
Normal Midwifery Care I
Evidence Based Practice
Social Sciences - Sociology
Social Sciences - Psychology
Normal Midwifery Care II
Care of the Woman at risk I
Clinical Practice
Practice Assessment
Care of the Woman at Risk II
The Neonate requiring Special Care
Issues in Midwifery Practice and Women's Health
Clinical Practice
Practice Assessment
ASSESSMENT
Theory and clinical practice modules are assessed by a combination of coursework and
written examinations. In addition, students’ clinical performance/progress is assessed
on an on-going basis while on placements to determine competency. To be deemed
212
competent students must attain the level specified in the Competency Assessment Tool,
based on the Domains of Competence identified by An Bord Altranais. Students must
pass both the theoretical, clinical and competency assessments to be deemed to have
passed the programme.
In addition, in order for a student to apply to register as a Midwife with An Bord
Altranais, he/she must complete the minimum clinical practice experience and minimum
number of clinical hours required by An Bord Altranais.
ENTRY CRITERIA
Applicants for the Higher Diploma must be entered on the
General Division of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais
(Registered General Nurse)
2. Applicants must have a minimum of one year post -registration
experience. Students must meet the normal minimal educational requirements for
admission.
SELECTION CRITERIA
The programme is advertised by the National Recruitment Services of the Health
Service Executive. Selection involves a formal written application, a personal
interview, verification of medical fitness and satisfactory character references.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
213
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES
The School of Nursing & Midwifery offers (9) programmes, eight taught and 1
research at the Masters level, Master of Health Sciences (Nursing) two or three
years, Master of Health Sciences (Nursing/Midwifery Education) two or three
years, Master of Health Sciences (Advanced Practice Nursing/Midwifery) two or
three years, Master of Health Sciences (Midwifery) two or three years and Master
of Health Sciences (Specialist Nursing). These programmes have been designed to
meet the needs of practising nurses allowing the candidates to focus on their area of
practice. The programmes are offered in blended mode, workshops and on-line.
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (NURSING)
The complex and changing nature of health care today requires nurses prepared to a
minimum of a bachelors degree. In order to progress in a career as a nurse it is now
recognised that a postgraduate qualification is a necessity. The Master of Health
Sciences (Nursing) is designed for the nurse to address in detail matters relating to
the care of patients/clients in their area of specialism. The clinical experience the
nurse brings to the theoretical knowledge gained through the programme promotes
the development of expert practice. The award can also be used as a stepping stone
to advanced practice and teaching qualifications. The programme is part-time over
two years or three years and is delivered in a blended format. Blended learning is an
innovative teaching strategy which involves a combination of face-to-face and online learning. This means that learning/teaching is delivered on-line through
Blackboard, an interactive learning system which connects directly to the University
from your home computer. Face-to-face learning/teaching takes the form of 2 or 3
workshops (depending on the module) each semester. Students will therefore attend
for 2 or 3 days a semester, plus and orientation day prior to the commencement of
the first year.
The programme comprises three (3) core modules, four (4) option modules, two (2)
reflective practice modules and a research dissertation.
DURATION
Two Years Part-Time
Three Years Part-Time
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of nursing practice; research
methodology and evidence based practice; practice development and conduct of
research form the framework for reflection on practice and exploration of aspects of
practice.
214
Modules
1st year
Concepts and Theories of Nursing/Midwifery
Option choice
Reflective Practice I
Advanced Research Methods
Option choice
2nd year
Developing Practice
Option choice
Reflective Practice II
Option choice
Research Dissertation
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed independently. Strategies for assessment include essays,
reflective practice assignments, presentations and dissertation.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Candidates must:
1. Have attained at least an upper Second Class Honours degree in Nursing or
Nursing Studies at H2.1 or at H2.2 with appropriate experience or a Higher
Diploma in Nursing Studies with appropriate experience or meet the required
standard in the MHSc
Nursing Qualifying Examination,
2. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health or Learning Disability Nurse
divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais.
or
3. Hold a professional nursing qualification deemed to be equivalent by the College
of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
4. Hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice
5. Have practised as a nurse for a minimum of two years post-registration (exclusive
of post-registration/educational programmes).
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
215
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (MIDWIFERY)
The programme comprises three (3) core modules, four (4) option modules, three
(3) reflective practice modules and a research dissertation. Option modules are
available in education, management, advanced practice, clinical practice and
womens’ health.
The complex and changing nature of health care today requires nurses prepared to a
minimum of a bachelors degree. In order to progress in a career as a midwife it is
now recognised that a postgraduate qualification is a necessity. The Master of
Health Sciences (Midwifery) is designed for the midwife to address in detail matters
relating to the care of clients in their area of specialism. The clinical experience the
midwife brings to the theoretical knowledge gained through the programme
promotes the development of expert practice. The award can also be used as a
stepping stone to advanced practice and teaching qualifications. The programme is
part-time over two years or three years and is delivered in a blended format.
Blended learning is an innovative teaching strategy which involves a combination
of face-to-face and on-line learning. This means that learning/teaching is delivered
on-line through Blackboard, an interactive learning system which connects directly
to the University from your home computer. Face-to-face learning/teaching takes
the form of 2 or 3 workshops (depending on the module) each semester. Students
will therefore attend for 2 or 3 days a semester, plus and orientation day prior to the
commencement of the first year.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of nursing practice; research
methodology and evidence based practice; practice development and conduct of
research form the framework for reflection on practice and exploration of aspects of
practice.
Modules
1st year
Concepts and Theories of Midwifery
Option choice
Reflective Practice I
Advanced Research Methods
Option choice
2nd year
Developing Practice
Option choice
Reflective Practice II
Option choice
Research Dissertation
216
DURATION
Two Years Part-Time
Three Years Part-Time
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed independently. Strategies for assessment include essays,
reflective practice assignments, presentations and dissertation.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
• Upper 2nd class honours degree in nursing or Nursing Studies at H2.1 or at H2.2
with appropriate experience; or Higher Diploma in Nursing/Midwifery Studies
with appropriate experience; or meet the required standard in the Master in
Health Sciences Qualifying Examination.
• Be on the active Register as a midwife.
• Have practiced as a midwife for a minimum of two (2) years post registration.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
217
MASTER
OF
HEALTH
SCIENCES
(NURSING/MIDWIFERY
EDUCATION)
The programme comprises three (3) core modules, four (4) specialist modules, two
(2) reflective practice modules, teaching practice and a research dissertation.
The Master of Health Sciences (Nursing/Midwifery Education) aims to provide
students with the necessary knowledge and skills to become effective
teachers/facilitators of student/client learning in both higher education and clinical
settings. Theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of nursing practice; research
methodology; practice development and conduct of research form the framework
for reflection on practice and exploration of aspects of practice. Specialist modules
address teaching methods, facilitating learning, assessment strategies and
curriculum development. The programme is part-time over two years or three years
and is delivered in a blended format. Blended learning is an innovative teaching
strategy which involves a combination of face-to-face and on-line learning. This
means that learning/teaching is delivered on-line through Blackboard, an interactive
learning system which connects directly to the University from your home
computer. Face-to-face learning/teaching takes the form of 2 or 3 workshops
(depending on the module) each semester. Students will therefore attend for 2 or 3
days a semester, plus and orientation day prior to the commencement of the first
year.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of nursing practice; research
methodology and evidence based practice; practice development and conduct of
research form the framework for reflection on practice and exploration of aspects of
practice. Specialist modules address teaching methods, facilitating learning,
assessment strategies and curriculum development.
100 hours of teaching practice is completed over the two years and is an integral
part of the programme.
Modules
1st year
Concepts and Theories of Nursing/Midwifery
Principles of Teaching and Learning
Reflective Practice I
Advanced Research Methods
Facilitating Learning and Application to Teaching
Teaching Assessment I
2nd year
Developing Practice
Assessing Learning
Reflective Practice II
218
Teaching Assessment II
Curriculum Development
Teaching Assessment III
Research Dissertation
DURATION
Two Years Part-Time
Three Years Part-Time
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed independently. Strategies for assessment include essays,
reflective practice assignments, presentations, competency assessment of teaching
practice and dissertation.
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: Candidates must:
1. Have successfully completed a Master in Nursing/Midwifery or its equivalent;
2. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health, or Learning Disability
Nurse divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais;
OR
3. Hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice;
4. Have practised as a nurse/midwife for a minimum of three years post-registration
(exclusive of post-registration/educational programmes);
5. Have negotiated a placement in a School/Department of Nursing/Midwifery
Education establishment which will provide them with the opportunity to meet the
practice requirements of this programme.
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
219
MASTER
OF
HEALTH
SCIENCES
(ADVANCED
PRACTICE
NURSING/MIDWIFERY)
The programme comprises three (3) core modules, four (4) specialist modules, two
(2) reflective practice modules, clinical practice and a research dissertation.
This programme has been developed to meet the educational requirements of nurses
and Midwives who seek to become Advanced Practitioners. It provides not only the
theoretical requirements but supports the clinical development particularly in
relation the physical assessment and pharmacology related to the specialist area of
advanced practice. Outcomes of the programme include the developed portfolio and
the masters qualification as required by An Bord Altranais. The programme also
leads to registration as a nurse prescriber (subject to approval). The programme is
part-time over two years or three years and is delivered in a blended format.
Blended learning is an innovative teaching strategy which involves a combination
of face-to-face and on-line learning. This means that learning/teaching is delivered
on-line through Blackboard, an interactive learning system which connects directly
to the University from your home computer. Face-to-face learning/teaching takes
the form of 2 or 3 workshops (depending on the module) each semester. Students
will therefore attend for 2 or 3 days a semester, plus and orientation day prior to the
commencement of the first year.
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Theoretical and philosophical underpinnings of nursing practice; research
methodology and evidence based practice; practice development and conduct of
research form the framework for reflection on practice and exploration of aspects of
practice. Specialist practice modules address the context of advanced practice,
physical assessment skills, prescribing and clinical decision making. Substantive
hours of clinical practice at an advanced practice level and supervised by
appropriate healthcare professionals over the 2 years is integral to the programme.
Modules
1st year
Concepts and Theories of Nursing/Midwifery
The Context and Issues Related to Advanced Practice
Advanced Research Methods
Drugs, Patients and Illness
Clinical Assessment I
2nd year
Physical Assessment Skills
Developing Practice
Clinical Assessment II
Professional, Ethical and Legal issues of Nurse and Midwife
220
(Prescribing)
Clinical Assessment III
Clinical Assessment 1V
Research Dissertation
DURATION
Two Years Part-Time
Three Years Part-Time
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed independently. Strategies for assessment include essays,
reflective practice assignments, presentations, clinical competency assessments and
dissertation.
Entry Requirements: Candidates must:
1. Have attained at least an upper Second Class Honours degree in Nursing or
Nursing Studies at H2.1 or at H2.2 with appropriate experience or a Higher
Diploma or Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing Studies with appropriate experience
or meet the required standard in the MHSc Nursing Qualifying Examination
2. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health, Midwifery or Learning
Disability Nurse divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais
OR
3. Hold a professional nursing qualification deemed to be equivalent by the College
of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences
4. Hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice
5. Be a registered nurse/midwife on the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais.
6. Be on the active register
7. Have practised as a nurse/midwife for five years post-registration, three of which
include experience in the chosen area of expertise (exclusive of postregistration/educational programmes)
8. Have support of the Director of Nursing in the place of employment, and written
agreement for clinical supervision
Please note that the programme offered is subject to sufficient numbers.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
221
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCES (SPECIALIST NURSING)
The one (1) year research programme comprises one (1) taught module and a
research dissertation.
This one year programme has been developed to meet the requirements of the
Nursing community, specialist practice units and An Bord Altranais policy criteria.
Lifelong learning is a continually supportive process that stimulates and empowers
individuals to acquire the knowledge, values, skills and understanding they will
require throughout their lifetime and apply them with confidence. The development
of the Master of Health Sciences (Specialist Nursing) programme has been guided
by the principles of lifelong learning.
Nursing practice is becoming increasingly specialised and complex and
practitioners need to be able to respond to this complexity and be flexible and
adaptive to change. To ensure that health care is cost effective and appropriate it is
also important that clinical actions are based upon research evidence. Practitioners
therefore require critical, analytical and reflective skills and also a breadth and
depth of knowledge and research understanding to underpin practice. Nurses work
in a multidisciplinary health environment and are partners in care with other
healthcare professionals. It is important that the educational preparation for nurses
enable them to develop the requisite skills and knowledge to function as equal
partners, this is particularly important as educational preparation for other health
professionals is at degree level and beyond. This programme offers specialist
nurses with the opportunity to meet these challenges of health care. The programme
involves a taught research methods module to support the completion of a research
dissertation
PROGRAMME CONTENT
Research methodology as evidenced by the ability to design and implement a
research study; evaluation and application of research findings to practice.
Modules
Applied Clinical Research
Clinical Research Dissertation
DURATION
One Year Full-Time
222
ASSESSMENT
Each module is assessed independently.
Entry Requirements: Candidates must:
1. Have attained Postgraduate Diploma in Nursing (Level 9) with an aggregated
mark of at least 60%.
2. Be a registered nurse on the General, Mental Health or Learning Disability Nurse
divisions of the Register maintained by An Bord Altranais.
OR
3. Hold a professional nursing qualification deemed to be equivalent by the College
of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
4. Hold an appropriate active nursing registration as recognised in the country in
which they practice.
5. Have practised as a nurse for a minimum of two years post registration (exclusive
of post-registration/educational programmes).
223
STAND ALONE MODULES (OCCASIONAL MODULES)
These modules provide the opportunity for nurses and midwives and other members of
the multi-disciplinary team opportunities to fulfill and support learning needs identified
during their clinical practice and therefore allows for their ongoing education and
professional development.These modules are components of a recognised full-time
programme - Post Graduate Diploma in Nursing offered by the School of Nursing and
Midwifery, NUI Galway. Each module is worth 10 ECTS which may be credited
towards further academic study. A Student taking a stand alone module is classed as an
Occasional Student. These students however, are not on a programme leading to a
Degree, Diploma or any other award of this University. These modules are delivered via
blended learning which involves a combination of face to face and online learning.
Modules are delivered over one semester.
The following modules are open to members of the multi-disciplinary team:
*Best Practice in Cervical Smear Taking
Cardiovascular Disease in Primary Care
Clinical governance: supporting safe practice
Collaboration and Interagency Working
Critical issues in chronic illness management
Diabetes in Primary Care
Effective chronic disease management strategies for health care professionals
End of Life Care: Psychological and Social Perspectives
International perspectives of women’s health
Introduction to Clinical Supervision Supporting Continuing Professional
Development
Psychosocial Interventions in Healthcare
Respiratory Disease in Primary Care
The Context of Managing Health Care
Using Research in Practice
Women’s Health in Primary Care
The following modules are open to registered nurses:
Advanced Wound Care Management
Care of the Child and Family with Life-Limiting Illness
224
Clinical Skills Development in Emergency Nursing
Continence Care
Experiencing Cancer
Living with Cancer of the Lower Urinary Tract
(focusing on prostate and bladder cancer)
Managing the Physical Health Needs of People with a Serious Mental Illness
Principles of Orthopaedic Nursing
Transforming nurses/midwives’ research into publication
The following module is open to midwives:
High Dependency Maternity Care
* For the module “Best Practice in Cervical Smear Taking” it is necessary to
complete an additional application form (National Cervical Screening Programme).
This is available @ cervicalcheck.ie
Please note the number of places on a module is subject to availability.
ENTRY CRITERIA
Applicants for Stand Alone Modules must be:
• Working in a clinical area where they are able to develop skills relevant to their
chosen module.
• Hold an honours primary degree (Level 8 [or an equivalent international
qualification]) in medicine or nursing or midwifery or physiotherapy or
occupational therapy or speech and language therapy.
•
•
•
OR
Hold a postgraduate diploma (Level 9) or a professional qualification deemed
suitable by the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences.
Nurse candidates must meet the following additional criteria:
A registered general nurse or registered psychiatric nurse or registered sick
children’s nurse or registered nurse intellectual disability or registered midwife.
Hold an active nursing registration.
SELECTION CRITERIA
Occasional students are considered for admission on the basis of their application, and
considering the following points:
1.
Meet the entry criteria
225
2.
3.
4.
5.
Their previous academic and current clinical practice
A personal statement outlining their current clinical role and their need for the stand
alone module
Recommendation by the Programme Director concerned with module, in favour of
the application.
Obtain a letter from the candidate’s Director of Nursing/ Manager guaranteeing
clinical practice commensurate with the module content in the applicant’s current
place of work.
PLEASE NOTE THIS INFORMATION IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND CANDIDATES ARE
ADVISED TO VISIT THE POST GRADUATE APPLICATION WEBSITE AT THE TIME OF
APPLICATION
226
GRADUATE RESEARCH OPTIONS
PhD Degree (Nursing)
PhD Degree (Midwifery)
Please refer to the College Entry for further information on the full time
structured PhD options.
Aim
A PhD in Nursing or a PhD in Midwifery is the highest academic award a nurse or
midwife can achieve. The aim of the PhD in Nursing and PhD in Midwifery
programmes offered in the School of Nursing and Midwifery, is to rigoursly prepare
graduates to develop, improve and enhance knowledge and understanding in their
chosen area of research.
The PhD programmes we offer will provide nurses and midwives with the research
training necessary to conduct research relevant to the needs of the health service and
grounded in the experience of those accessing these services. Through its research,
the School aims to support the provision of high quality nursing and midwifery care
and to contribute to the improvement of people’s health and well-being.
The School of Nursing and Midwifery is committed to creating an active e and
dynamic research culture. This is achieved through supporting and promoting
research and other scholarly activity. The School’s key research interests and
activities are centred around cognate research clusters. Each cluster is composed of
a group of academic staff and research students with a shared research interest who
offer each other support within a resourced research environment. The School is
currently admitting research students in the following clusters:
Chronic illness and older people
This cluster brings together researchers working in the field of ageing and chronic
illness and involves both qualitative and quantitative research. The focus of work
has been on the care of older people with a specific focus on quality of care, person
centered care, factors impacting on older people's lives, life stories/biographical
data, dementia, rural ageing, carers quality of life, and end of life care. Innovative
ways of educating others to self-manage chronic illnesses are also a key element of
the work for examples developing and implementing structured education
programmes in relation to the self-management of COPD, prevention and
management of diabetes, including self-management and teaching health care staff
to support clients with dementia.
227
Maternity care and women's health
This cluster brings together researchers working in the field of midwifery and
women's health. Work in this area focuses on the implementation and evaluation of
models of maternity care including perspectives on childbirth and assessment of
foetal wellbeing including cardiotocography and intermittent auscultation.
Teaching and learning
This cluster brings together researchers working in the field of education.
Specifically, the work of the cluster focuses on three priority areas; teaching,
learning & assessment strategies; distance education (including e learning &
blended learning) and competency assessment and preceptorship in nursing and
midwifery.
Mental Health
The Mental Health Research Cluster (MHRC) places priority on clinical focused
research. The work of the group is committed to further enhancing links between
mental health research, education, policy and practice. The group has a wide range
of multidisciplinary collaborations locally, nationally and internationally. In
addition, the cluster has close links with HSE and user and carer organisations at
local and national level. The overall aim of the MHRC is to undertake and
disseminate high-quality interdisciplinary mental health research that has national
and international relevancy. This research will influence and be responsive to
contemporary mental health policy, practice and education.
The School also has specific methodological expertise in case study, grounded
theory, phenomenology, randomised trials including cluster trials and systematic
reviews and meta analyses.
For more information on the areas of research interests,
staff expertise log onto www.nuigalway.ie/nursing.midwifery
o
activities
Assessment: Research Thesis
Entry requirements
To pursue a PhD, potential candidates should, in the first instance, consult the list of
key research areas of the School of Nursing and Midwifery and make contact with
the Head of School or with the relevant academic staff member/potential supervisor.
Application procedures
Following informal consultation, the candidate will submit a research proposal for
consideration by the Board of the School of Nursing and Midwifery for entry to the
PhD programme. The Board’s recommendation will subsequently be considered by
the College of Medicine, Nursing and Health Sciences and Academic Council. The
outcome of the Board’s decision regarding the application will be communicated
228
formally to the candidate.
Application
Applications to research programmes are made online via The Postgraduate
Applications Centre (PAC) (see http://www.pac.ie/pgrad.php?inst=gy) .
Research Interests
Professor Kathy Murphy
Quality of care and quality of life of older people, person-centred care, cultural
issues in nursing, chronic illness and structured education programmes
Dr. Dympna Casey
Health promotion and nursing, care of older people, cultural issues in nursing,
service learning, chronic illness and structured education programmes
Dr. Adeline Cooney
Quality of life of older people, relationship-centred care, nursing/client care in longstay care settings and grounded theory.
Dr. Maura Dowling
Nurse-patient relationships, caring and nursing, oncology nursing practice,
advanced practice roles in nursing and phenomenology
Dr. Declan Devane
Maternity care and women’s health, models of maternity care, assessment of fetal
wellbeing, randomised trials, systematic reviews and meta analyses.
229
MPhil Degree (Nursing)
MPhil Degree (Midwifery)
Aim
The aim of the MPhil in Nursing and MPhil in Midwifery programmes offered in the
School of Nursing and Midwifery, is to rigoursly prepare graduates to develop, improve
and enhance knowledge and understanding in their chosen area of research.
The MPhil programmes we offer will provide nurses and midwives with the research
training necessary to conduct research relevant to the needs of the health service and
grounded in the experience of those accessing these services. Through its research, the
School aims to support the provision of high quality nursing and midwifery care and to
contribute to the improvement of people’s health and well-being.
The School of Nursing and Midwifery is committed to creating an active and dynamic
research culture. This is achieved through supporting and promoting research and other
scholarly activity. The School’s key research interests and activities are centered around
cognate research clusters. Each cluster is composed of a group of academic staff and
research students with a shared research interest who offer each other support within a
resourced research environment. The School are currently admitting research students in
the following clusters:
Chronic illness and older people
This cluster brings together researchers working in the field of ageing and chronic
illness and involves both qualitative and quantitative research. The focus of work has
been on the care of older people with a specific focus on quality of care, person centered
care, factors impacting on older people's lives, life stories/biographical data, dementia,
rural ageing, carers quality of life, and end of life care. Innovative ways of educating
others to self-manage chronic illnesses are also a key element of the work for examples
developing and implementing structured education programmes in relation to the selfmanagement of COPD, prevention and management of diabetes, including selfmanagement and teaching health care staff to support clients with dementia.
Maternity care and women's health
This cluster brings together researchers working in the field of midwifery and women's
health. Work in this area focuses on the implementation and evaluation of models of
maternity care including perspectives on childbirth and assessment of foetal wellbeing
including cardiotocography and intermittent auscultation.
Teaching and learning
This cluster brings together researchers working in the field of education. Specifically,
the work of the cluster focuses on three priority areas; teaching, learning & assessment
strategies; distance education (including e learning & blended learning) and competency
assessment and preceptorship in nursing and midwifery.
230
Mental Health
The Mental Health Research Cluster (MHRC) places priority on clinical focused
research. The work of the group is committed to further enhancing links between mental
health research, education, policy and practice. The group has a wide range of
multidisciplinary collaborations locally, nationally and internationally. In addition, the
cluster has close links with HSE and user and carer organisations at local and national
level. The overall aim of the MHRC is to undertake and disseminate high-quality
interdisciplinary mental health research that has national and international relevancy.
This research will influence and be responsive to contemporary mental health policy,
practice and education.
The School also has specific methodological expertise in case study, grounded theory,
phenomenology, randomised trials including cluster trials and systematic reviews and
meta analyses.
For more information on the areas of research
staff expertise log onto www.nuigalway.ie/nursing.midwifery
interests,
activities
Students can choose to transfer to the PhD register from the MPhil (Nursing) or MPhil
(Midwifery) at the end of year 1 if (i) the research project is appropriate to PhD study
(ii) the candidates work demonstrates potential for PhD scholarship and (iii) with the
support of the research supervisor(s).
Duration:
Assessment:
Full-time over 12 months
Part-time over 24 months
Research Thesis
Entry requirements
To pursue a MPhil potential candidates should discuss the matter with the Head of
School or relevant academic staff member/potential supervisor. Candidates should have
a higher honours Bachelors degree award (at least second class honours), or equivalent,
in Nursing or Midiwfery or in a relevant academic discipline.
Application procedures
Interested applicants should in the first instance consult the list of key research areas of
the School of Nursing and Midwifery and make contact with the Head of School or with
the relevant academic staff member/potential supervisor. In the event that the Head of
School is willing to recommend that the candidate be accepted, a supervisor will be
assigned to supervise the candidate’s research. Following informal consultation, the
candidate will submit a research proposal for consideration by the Board of the School
of Nursing and Midwifery for entry to the MPhil programme. The Board’s
recommendation will subsequently be considered by the College of Medicine, Nursing
and Health Sciences and Academic Council.
Application
Applications to research programmes are made online via The Postgraduate
Applications Centre (PAC) (see http://www.pac.ie/nuig)
231